Latest / Dissonant Whispers: A DnD Actual Play Podcast / Ep 12: Tiptoe Through the Ropers
Transcript
- 0:30SPEAKER_09: Okay, welcome back.
- 0:33SPEAKER_09: Last time we left the Planer Vanguard, they were standing outside of the wheel or the water wheel puzzle room inside the dungeon.
- 0:43SPEAKER_09: Drax had sent his Echo Knight inside the room as well.
- 0:48SPEAKER_09: Delphine had sent Miram in there, and the door that slammed shut is being held open very, very little by the plus one mace that Drax had wedged underneath the door.
- 1:06SPEAKER_09: Now, the water is flowing and it is starting to grow faster.
- 1:13SPEAKER_09: But at the moment, you do not see any water coming out from underneath the door.
- 1:19SPEAKER_09: Does anybody have anything that they want to do?
- 1:24SPEAKER_08: The um we're on the side of the storeroom, right?
- 1:28SPEAKER_09: Mm-hmm.
- 1:29SPEAKER_08: And we made a lot of noise, and you had so that we could hear things are aware.
- 1:34SPEAKER_09: Well, things are aware of your presence now.
- 1:40SPEAKER_08: Okay, if Miriam's inside, I can't believe that we left.
- 1:43SPEAKER_08: I'm so mad at ourselves that we went out of the room.
- 1:46SPEAKER_08: I'm kind of infuriated.
- 1:49SPEAKER_08: Is there a ladle or a bowl or anything inside that Miram could grab?
- 1:54SPEAKER_09: When the altar came down, there was a basin on there.
- 2:00SPEAKER_09: Delphine did an investigation check on it to see if there's any ruins on it.
- 2:04SPEAKER_09: There was not ruins on it, but there was a dwarven inscription along the base of it.
- 2:11SPEAKER_09: And uh believe Einar can speak Dwarvish, is that correct?
- 2:16SPEAKER_04: But he did not.
- 2:17SPEAKER_04: I can speak Orchish, Elvish, and Calvin.
- 2:22SPEAKER_04: No.
- 2:22SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 2:23SPEAKER_08: Any of us know Dwarven?
- 2:24SPEAKER_08: I don't think any of us know Dwarven, but I do not.
- 2:27SPEAKER_14: But I thought we knew something about it being like a healing spring or something.
- 2:30SPEAKER_14: We used language deciphering?
- 2:32SPEAKER_08: No, I just I inspected the weave.
- 2:34SPEAKER_08: I know it's meant for healing.
- 2:36SPEAKER_08: I don't know what kind of an offering is meant to be put in it.
- 2:38SPEAKER_06: Right.
- 2:40SPEAKER_08: The basin on it was part of the altar, or was it something that comes off?
- 2:45SPEAKER_09: The basin was attached to the altar.
- 2:47SPEAKER_08: Yeah, okay.
- 2:48SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 2:48SPEAKER_09: And you is very easy for you to see that uh you could you could very easy to see that it is connected together and that there is something to do with it being there in the water, but it's tough to see when you're not in the room.
- 3:02SPEAKER_08: Yeah, but was it when we were in there, were there any bowls or cups or any any kind of device that can hold?
- 3:09SPEAKER_09: Yes, there were two.
- 3:10SPEAKER_09: They were right underneath when the altar came down, they were on either side of the steps, and they were two look to be five-gallon jugs.
- 3:17unknown: Okay.
- 3:18SPEAKER_08: Can I ask Miriam?
- 3:20SPEAKER_08: She can hold something light.
- 3:22SPEAKER_08: She could pick up something.
- 3:24SPEAKER_08: Could she pick up one of the cups?
- 3:26SPEAKER_08: And Mr.
- 3:26SPEAKER_08: Drax, I call underneath the underneath the opening.
- 3:29SPEAKER_08: I think it's Mr.
- 3:30SPEAKER_08: Drax.
- 3:31SPEAKER_13: It's just a basic one.
- 3:32SPEAKER_13: Okay.
- 3:33SPEAKER_08: Okay, then I just talk to Drax.
- 3:35SPEAKER_08: Can you can you get your echo first of all?
- 3:37SPEAKER_08: Pick up a cup.
- 3:37SPEAKER_08: Can I can we just try filling them with water and putting them in the base?
- 3:41SPEAKER_08: First of all, can I just can I take a look see what's happening?
- 3:45SPEAKER_08: Fine.
- 3:46SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna look put my arm on Drax.
- 3:51SPEAKER_08: And because he's covered in weird swirling stuff.
- 3:56SPEAKER_08: Uh currently.
- 3:58SPEAKER_08: And I'm gonna look through Miram's eyes and look around the room and see what's going on in the room.
- 4:03SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 4:04SPEAKER_09: What you can see is the water is rushing underneath the wheel.
- 4:09SPEAKER_09: It is gaining height, but it's not spilling over the reservoir yet.
- 4:13SPEAKER_09: You can see in the center of the room there is a large basin with a dwarvish inscription on the bottom and two five-gallon jugs.
- 4:22SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 4:22SPEAKER_09: That's exactly what we knew.
- 4:25SPEAKER_09: I just want to see what was going on.
- 4:27SPEAKER_09: Exactly.
- 4:27SPEAKER_09: And but yeah, well, the water is continuing to move.
- 4:30SPEAKER_08: Okay, but it's not like spilling out and like filling the room up with not yet.
- 4:35SPEAKER_04: We're currently in the room where we fought the uh Rem Raz.
- 4:39SPEAKER_00: We're in the hall.
- 4:41SPEAKER_09: You're in the hallway.
- 4:42SPEAKER_09: Between that door and the uh the store room.
- 4:45SPEAKER_09: And the storeroom.
- 4:45SPEAKER_09: Yes.
- 4:46SPEAKER_09: And the storeroom is where we fought.
- 4:47SPEAKER_09: Yes.
- 4:47SPEAKER_04: And we can still cast spells in this area, obviously.
- 4:49SPEAKER_09: Not in the hallway.
- 4:50SPEAKER_09: Not in the hallway.
- 4:51SPEAKER_09: We have to step back.
- 4:52SPEAKER_08: How big is the gap under the door?
- 4:55SPEAKER_09: It would be like less than a foot.
- 5:00SPEAKER_09: Yeah, it'd be like this.
- 5:01SPEAKER_09: Technically, that is less than a foot.
- 5:03SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 5:03SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 5:03SPEAKER_08: I mean, I might be able to get through that.
- 5:05SPEAKER_02: You could.
- 5:07SPEAKER_02: I assume you could.
- 5:08SPEAKER_08: A human being?
- 5:09SPEAKER_08: Well, if you think of uh very big if my Warhammer's.
- 5:13SPEAKER_08: And my shoulders are it's bright enough for my shoulders.
- 5:15SPEAKER_08: I can as long as my boobs don't get cold, I could do it too.
- 5:19SPEAKER_08: Any of us could do it.
- 5:20SPEAKER_08: Well, we might be able to.
- 5:22SPEAKER_04: While they're all debating this, I don't know.
- 5:24SPEAKER_04: I'd like to step back into the storeroom.
- 5:27SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 5:27SPEAKER_04: I'm just wondering, I mean, there's there's four four holes in that room.
- 5:32SPEAKER_04: Remarat sized horror burrow holes.
- 5:34SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 5:34SPEAKER_09: Tunnels, yep.
- 5:35SPEAKER_04: I'm just inspecting them briefly, making sure there's no water coming out the way them where they breached too far to the back.
- 5:41SPEAKER_09: I was just not sure what he's thinking about this.
- 5:44SPEAKER_09: Good point.
- 5:44SPEAKER_09: Roll the investigation check.
- 5:48SPEAKER_04: 17.
- 5:49SPEAKER_09: Pretty good.
- 5:49SPEAKER_09: Like, yeah, there's no water coming out of them, and you can tell that they're burrowed in throughout different passageways, but probably leading to maybe would be like a den that they lived in.
- 5:59SPEAKER_14: Didn't check that out, did we?
- 6:00SPEAKER_09: I know it's uh No, but it's not like it's right next to where you're at.
- 6:04SPEAKER_04: So just talking down the hall, not thinking anyone in particular.
- 6:07SPEAKER_04: I'll actually speak it out loud.
- 6:08SPEAKER_04: I'm just saying, I'm just gonna check these holes out and make sure our flank's covered.
- 6:13SPEAKER_04: I won't be far.
- 6:15SPEAKER_00: How far is the hallway to where we can cast magic to the room with the water wheels?
- 6:21SPEAKER_09: Oh, it's not far.
- 6:21SPEAKER_09: Yeah, like uh yeah, it's 15 feet.
- 6:24SPEAKER_09: Like and and actually, to be to be completely honest with you, you could cast spells in that hallway.
- 6:29SPEAKER_02: Yeah, it's like where we are right now.
- 6:31SPEAKER_08: If we're at the one side of the hallway, yeah.
- 6:33SPEAKER_14: Yeah, if you're at the one side, yeah.
- 6:34SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 6:35SPEAKER_14: Can someone help me with some of my injured?
- 6:36SPEAKER_08: Well, this person's pretty tracks might be able to even just.
- 6:41SPEAKER_02: Something comes quickly.
- 6:42SPEAKER_02: Oh, if we want to get in, I'm pretty sure we can get in.
- 6:45SPEAKER_08: In response to it, or do we want to go the other way?
- 6:47unknown: I want to see.
- 6:48SPEAKER_04: In response to Roll speaking there, I've I go, I got a few bruises.
- 6:52SPEAKER_04: Yeah, I think.
- 6:52SPEAKER_14: I think they're reasonably injured, to be honest, from that combat.
- 6:56SPEAKER_14: Do we have 10 minutes?
- 6:58SPEAKER_08: Ten minutes for a prayer?
- 6:59SPEAKER_14: Hopefully.
- 7:00SPEAKER_11: I don't know.
- 7:01SPEAKER_08: We can find out.
- 7:02SPEAKER_08: We can try.
- 7:03SPEAKER_11: Watch the water wheel fly to the door.
- 7:04SPEAKER_08: Sorry, I was about to go Madonna on you.
- 7:06SPEAKER_11: Um, you know, just like a prayer.
- 7:10SPEAKER_11: But if we don't have 10 minutes, I can't, I won't do it.
- 7:12SPEAKER_11: But if we if we're gonna do it.
- 7:13SPEAKER_08: We can try 10 minutes.
- 7:14SPEAKER_08: We don't know if we have 10 minutes until we try.
- 7:16SPEAKER_11: Exactly.
- 7:16SPEAKER_11: Okay, well then I'll do that.
- 7:18SPEAKER_11: I'll do my prayer of healing and 10-minute ritual.
- 7:21SPEAKER_09: Okay, so I'll stay close.
- 7:22SPEAKER_09: Within the first two minutes, water is now spilling out of that room into the hallway and rushing down towards where you are.
- 7:30SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 7:31SPEAKER_14: I say we should probably take that uh that war hammer out from under the door so it doesn't keep coming out.
- 7:38SPEAKER_08: Should I have married?
- 7:40SPEAKER_08: Well, first, yeah, like get or or ask the echo to actually I don't think we should fill up the jugs and put the water fill up the w basin.
- 7:50SPEAKER_08: I think that maybe just try adding a little water into the basin and just see what happens.
- 7:56SPEAKER_08: Can you get your echo to do that?
- 7:58SPEAKER_02: Uh I could attack with the echo.
- 8:02SPEAKER_08: You can't your echo can't carry things?
- 8:04SPEAKER_08: Mirim could pick up something.
- 8:06SPEAKER_08: Okay.
- 8:06SPEAKER_08: Can Miram just put a small amount of water one of the jugs?
- 8:10SPEAKER_08: Or is the jug too heavy for her?
- 8:12SPEAKER_09: Five gallon stone mason jugs.
- 8:15SPEAKER_02: Can't you just switch places with your echo?
- 8:17SPEAKER_02: Uh I could perceive through my echo.
- 8:20SPEAKER_02: I could teleport and switch with the echo, but I might not be able to teleport back.
- 8:25SPEAKER_02: Why not?
- 8:26SPEAKER_02: Because I'll be in a zone of the magic.
- 8:29SPEAKER_02: That can't do magic.
- 8:31SPEAKER_04: Isn't that the magic effect, is it?
- 8:33SPEAKER_08: I can try and go in there, but we'll see the prayer first.
- 8:37SPEAKER_08: Um we heated the do you want to finish off your 10 minutes then?
- 8:41SPEAKER_11: Unless people are still doing something, I can rain tow.
- 8:45SPEAKER_04: If we had an hour, I can breathe underwater or go to the room regardless.
- 8:49SPEAKER_02: I was just gonna say Stu, looking under the door, assuming that the water's not high enough that we we can.
- 8:56SPEAKER_02: Like, is anything lit up?
- 8:58SPEAKER_02: Is there any other um thing of uh note?
- 9:03SPEAKER_02: Like like a second switch now that the thing has fully assembled itself?
- 9:08SPEAKER_02: No.
- 9:08SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 9:10SPEAKER_02: So I think we just need the liquid in the thing.
- 9:13SPEAKER_08: Okay, well, are we gonna go back to the storeroom and do the prayer?
- 9:16SPEAKER_08: Is that what we've done?
- 9:17SPEAKER_08: No, we did the we did the prayer in case of get anything from said prayer?
- 9:23SPEAKER_11: We don't wait for everybody to finish all the time.
- 9:25SPEAKER_04: Two minutes have gone by.
- 9:26SPEAKER_04: His prayer's not done, then there's water spilling out.
- 9:28SPEAKER_08: No, he said at the end of the ten minutes.
- 9:29SPEAKER_08: He said right.
- 9:30SPEAKER_11: Well, no, yes, if I wanted that, yeah, nice.
- 9:32SPEAKER_08: He said at the end of the ten minutes water would be spilling out?
- 9:35SPEAKER_09: No, it started spilling out within two minutes.
- 9:36SPEAKER_08: Within two minutes.
- 9:37SPEAKER_08: Okay, so that's why I'm just gonna.
- 9:38SPEAKER_09: But if you want to finish it off, it's up to you.
- 9:41SPEAKER_09: I'm giving you I'm pausing it to give you the opportunity to either choose to finish it or not finish it.
- 9:45SPEAKER_09: So where is the water coming out?
- 9:47SPEAKER_09: It's coming from the far side of the room through the entrance where the water is, because there was a little trough that the water was running along where the wheel was sitting.
- 9:55SPEAKER_09: So is the wheel spinning now?
- 9:56SPEAKER_09: Now the wheel the wheel was always spinning.
- 9:58SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 9:59SPEAKER_09: That's what brought down the basin from the ceiling.
- 10:01SPEAKER_08: Because I can misty step in there.
- 10:03SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 10:04SPEAKER_08: I have the better chance of misty stepping out again.
- 10:07SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 10:07SPEAKER_08: Either that or I can try and squeeze into the door.
- 10:09SPEAKER_08: Me too.
- 10:09SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 10:10SPEAKER_08: But I'm saying without wasting a misty step.
- 10:12SPEAKER_08: Push your boobies down, swish under.
- 10:14SPEAKER_09: What's the answer on uh the 10 minutes?
- 10:17SPEAKER_11: It's whenever nobody wants to do anything, then we'll end it at that point.
- 10:20SPEAKER_11: So I just wanted to make sure everybody had their what they want to do.
- 10:24SPEAKER_11: How injured are you?
- 10:25SPEAKER_08: I'm fine.
- 10:26SPEAKER_08: I'm fine.
- 10:27SPEAKER_08: Well, I get five people, so you guys you you guys keep praying, and uh we'll hopefully we're out by the time.
- 10:34SPEAKER_08: Do you want us to both try and get under the door?
- 10:36SPEAKER_07: Let's get under the door.
- 10:37SPEAKER_08: Let's do it.
- 10:38SPEAKER_08: I Oleander's getting super impatient and starting to panic about stuff getting done.
- 10:44SPEAKER_08: Also regretting being out of the room.
- 10:46SPEAKER_08: Alright, Oleander starts trying to squeeze under the door.
- 10:49SPEAKER_09: Sure.
- 10:49SPEAKER_09: Uh it's pretty tight.
- 10:54SPEAKER_03: My boobs aren't that big.
- 10:58SPEAKER_08: I turn my head sideways.
- 10:59SPEAKER_08: It's not the boobs.
- 11:00SPEAKER_08: I lie on the ground and the well, yeah, no, but like width-wise, I'm fine.
- 11:05SPEAKER_08: It's how big is a mace?
- 11:08SPEAKER_10: It ain't that big.
- 11:09SPEAKER_08: No, it's not that big.
- 11:10SPEAKER_08: It's a good one.
- 11:10SPEAKER_08: I said it's less, the gap is less than a foot.
- 11:12SPEAKER_08: I can squeeze through it.
- 11:13SPEAKER_04: So he's got it on that.
- 11:14SPEAKER_08: It's like squeezing under a bed.
- 11:16SPEAKER_04: Not the actual crack.
- 11:17SPEAKER_04: I thought it was probably a stick.
- 11:19SPEAKER_04: I could get it under that.
- 11:20SPEAKER_09: Well, the wood would the wood would break.
- 11:21SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 11:22SPEAKER_09: I wasn't sure if we'd get it.
- 11:22SPEAKER_08: It's basically like trying to squeeze under a bed.
- 11:25SPEAKER_08: I could do that.
- 11:26SPEAKER_08: Okay.
- 11:27SPEAKER_08: No problem.
- 11:27SPEAKER_09: You know what?
- 11:28SPEAKER_09: I'm gonna let you try.
- 11:30SPEAKER_09: I would like you to roll an acrobatics check with advantage.
- 11:35SPEAKER_07: Okay.
- 11:42SPEAKER_07: My hips got stuck.
- 11:44SPEAKER_09: So not only the four.
- 11:46SPEAKER_09: Not only do your hips get stuck, but you are now submerged underwater because the water is now fully obstructing that one foot area.
- 11:55SPEAKER_07: Ah.
- 11:56SPEAKER_09: Of course it is.
- 11:57SPEAKER_09: So you guys see that she gets stuck and is unable to get away.
- 11:59SPEAKER_07: I can't start my feet up.
- 12:02SPEAKER_14: I'll just shake my head and just try and start going to pull her out again.
- 12:05SPEAKER_14: Come on! Sure.
- 12:06SPEAKER_09: She's easy enough to pull up.
- 12:07SPEAKER_09: Yeah, I assume it's the water.
- 12:08SPEAKER_09: As long as you're pulling in the direction that she came from.
- 12:10SPEAKER_14: Yes.
- 12:12SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 12:13SPEAKER_14: So I don't know why you guys are going in there.
- 12:16SPEAKER_14: It just looks like it's filling up.
- 12:17SPEAKER_14: I don't think we really want to be in there.
- 12:19SPEAKER_08: Well, how are we gonna stop it?
- 12:20SPEAKER_08: Maybe it's not gonna stop until we let the door close all the way and do it's exactly what we're doing.
- 12:26SPEAKER_02: Yeah.
- 12:26SPEAKER_02: Just take that hammer out.
- 12:29SPEAKER_02: We could.
- 12:30SPEAKER_02: Eventually the water would fill up high enough that it'll get to the level where it's over top of the cup.
- 12:35SPEAKER_02: In which case, if the water is what needs to go in the cup, that'll solve itself.
- 12:39SPEAKER_08: I doubt that it's gonna fill the entire room.
- 12:42SPEAKER_02: I have no idea.
- 12:43SPEAKER_14: No idea.
- 12:45SPEAKER_08: Are you wanting to waste a misty step?
- 12:47SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 12:48SPEAKER_08: Then do it.
- 12:49SPEAKER_08: Go! Quick.
- 12:50SPEAKER_08: Well, it's only up to your room.
- 12:55SPEAKER_08: Like, how high is it in the room?
- 12:56SPEAKER_08: Can I estimate how high it would be on me?
- 12:58SPEAKER_09: So, the water level will not go higher than the gap on the door.
- 13:02SPEAKER_08: Okay, because it's gonna continue.
- 13:03SPEAKER_08: Yeah, it's not flowing out at a higher rate than it got it.
- 13:08SPEAKER_09: Not yet.
- 13:09SPEAKER_08: Not yet.
- 13:11SPEAKER_08: I don't like that, I guess.
- 13:14SPEAKER_14: Could be a river falling from above for all we know.
- 13:16SPEAKER_08: Can't believe my dad betrayed me.
- 13:18SPEAKER_08: Alright.
- 13:18SPEAKER_08: Um do you want, should I try and get under the door first?
- 13:22SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 13:23SPEAKER_08: Okay.
- 13:24SPEAKER_08: I will try to get under the door.
- 13:26SPEAKER_08: And I'm gonna push her at the same time.
- 13:28SPEAKER_09: She can have advantage then.
- 13:30SPEAKER_09: Where are you pushing?
- 13:33SPEAKER_08: I am pushing her butt.
- 13:34SPEAKER_08: I do it.
- 13:35SPEAKER_08: And then I'm getting behind her knees, like bending her knee and then shoving at the same time.
- 13:40SPEAKER_08: I think Scott's keeping her hips, maybe.
- 13:42SPEAKER_08: We'll see.
- 13:44SPEAKER_08: 3020.
- 13:46SPEAKER_09: Alright, yeah, you're in.
- 13:47SPEAKER_05: My shoving helped.
- 13:48SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 13:49SPEAKER_09: You're in.
- 13:49SPEAKER_09: No problem.
- 13:50SPEAKER_09: So you get ahead and you get up out of the water, you're drenched.
- 13:53SPEAKER_09: And you can see the water is now pouring out at a greater rate than it originally was.
- 13:57SPEAKER_09: Uh, but it is pouring out underneath that thing, and you can see exactly what I described before, and you can see uh the echo knife is just kind of standing there.
- 14:06SPEAKER_09: And Miriam's perched on the basement.
- 14:08SPEAKER_08: Well, since you're still close enough, I I I telepathically tell you.
- 14:14SPEAKER_08: Just a little bit, add just a little bit of water, see what happens.
- 14:16SPEAKER_08: I look at the echo and I go, I really wish you were my friend, but you're not really, are you?
- 14:23SPEAKER_02: It's motionless.
- 14:24SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 14:25SPEAKER_02: And emotionless.
- 14:27SPEAKER_02: Yeah.
- 14:28SPEAKER_08: I miss Mr.
- 14:29SPEAKER_08: Brad.
- 14:30SPEAKER_09: Me too.
- 14:31SPEAKER_08: You'll come.
- 14:32SPEAKER_08: I'll go up and I'll try and let scoop just a little bit of water and put it in the basin.
- 14:37SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 14:38SPEAKER_08: Let's see what happens.
- 14:39SPEAKER_09: So you put a little bit of water in the basin, and you hear a shaking come from above you, and a piece of the rock that's holding together where the water comes out falls away, and more water starts gushing out.
- 14:57SPEAKER_01: I got more water.
- 14:59SPEAKER_09: That's magic than that.
- 15:00SPEAKER_08: Triple it, dribble, drible it! Putting a little bit caused the more water.
- 15:06unknown: Triple, triple it, triple it!
- 15:09SPEAKER_11: Apparently she wants you to die.
- 15:11SPEAKER_11: She wants you to drown in the room.
- 15:12SPEAKER_08: Trying for an alternative.
- 15:13SPEAKER_09: Yeah, you all and all you can see is the two jugs on either side of the basin and the inscription that's on the bottom.
- 15:18SPEAKER_09: You can still see that still raised.
- 15:21SPEAKER_08: Maybe you have to have something in each jug?
- 15:23SPEAKER_00: That's what I'm wondering.
- 15:25SPEAKER_00: I'm just checking something.
- 15:27SPEAKER_00: No, I can't do that.
- 15:30SPEAKER_00: Alright, I'm going to.
- 15:32SPEAKER_08: And I can't read Dwarven.
- 15:35SPEAKER_08: And you don't have time for a ritual.
- 15:38SPEAKER_08: I don't have time for a ritual.
- 15:41SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna fill one jug up entirely.
- 15:43SPEAKER_09: Okay, so you got five gallons.
- 15:45SPEAKER_08: Probably very heavy.
- 15:47SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 15:47SPEAKER_08: It's questionable whether or not I could lift it.
- 15:49SPEAKER_09: We'll say for the sake of this puzzle that you can lift it.
- 15:55SPEAKER_08: Is there anything on the jugs?
- 15:57SPEAKER_08: Are they identical?
- 15:58SPEAKER_08: Just plain stone jugs.
- 16:00SPEAKER_09: You can see that they have it's the dwarven numerical value of five.
- 16:04SPEAKER_09: Which you can recognize that.
- 16:06SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 16:07SPEAKER_09: And you look, if if you look at where the inscription was, that's in dwarven, you can see on the end of that inscription the dwarven numerical value of four.
- 16:17SPEAKER_09: Five, four.
- 16:19SPEAKER_08: And is that anywhere on the basin?
- 16:21SPEAKER_09: It's on yeah, that's on the base of the basin, yeah.
- 16:23SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 16:24SPEAKER_09: Both of the jugs have a five on it.
- 16:27SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna yell that out.
- 16:28SPEAKER_08: One jug has a dwarven five, one has a dwarven four.
- 16:32SPEAKER_09: Both jugs have five.
- 16:33SPEAKER_09: The basin has four.
- 16:34SPEAKER_08: The basin has four.
- 16:36SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna look around the room and see if I can find other numbers.
- 16:39SPEAKER_09: Okay, roll me an investigation check, please.
- 16:42SPEAKER_09: Both jugs have five, the basin has a four on it.
- 16:45SPEAKER_01: Eighteen.
- 16:46SPEAKER_09: Eighteen?
- 16:47SPEAKER_09: Perfect.
- 16:47SPEAKER_09: That's a great roll.
- 16:49SPEAKER_09: You are very confident that there is no other numerical values in the entire chamber.
- 16:56SPEAKER_04: Einar calls up.
- 16:58SPEAKER_04: Does the basin look like it holds four gallons?
- 17:00SPEAKER_01: I don't know.
- 17:03SPEAKER_04: Just making a guess, maybe we've got to figure out four in there using two fives.
- 17:07SPEAKER_02: Would Delphine notice that the jugs are identical size?
- 17:11SPEAKER_08: Yeah, there was she said they're both five gallons.
- 17:12SPEAKER_02: Yeah, yep, she would know.
- 17:13SPEAKER_08: Do the jugs look bigger than the basin?
- 17:17SPEAKER_09: Uh yes.
- 17:19SPEAKER_08: Okay.
- 17:20SPEAKER_09: But I mean it like the jugs themselves are bigger, but the basin is would hold can hold more than five gallons.
- 17:27SPEAKER_08: Okay, that that's what the basin is bigger than the jugs.
- 17:30SPEAKER_09: The basin can hold more volume, but like the jug itself would not fit in there just the way that is.
- 17:35SPEAKER_08: No, that's what that's what I mean.
- 17:36SPEAKER_08: Volume-wise.
- 17:37SPEAKER_09: Volume-wise, the basin is will contain looks to contain more than five gallons.
- 17:42SPEAKER_04: Fill the one jug and pour, I don't know, half of it between the other.
- 17:46SPEAKER_04: Then you're close to four.
- 17:48SPEAKER_04: Figure it out from there.
- 17:51SPEAKER_04: He's not a mask.
- 17:52SPEAKER_04: He's just giving ideas.
- 17:53SPEAKER_08: 2.5.
- 17:54SPEAKER_08: Alright, I will try and pour only four gallons in the basin.
- 18:00SPEAKER_09: How do you know how to do that?
- 18:03SPEAKER_00: I'm going to estimate on the outside of the jug and take out a piece of charcoal and just sort of like make five different ticks gallons and try and get it just to the four.
- 18:19unknown: Okay.
- 18:20SPEAKER_09: Uh yeah.
- 18:21SPEAKER_00: Equidistance to each other.
- 18:22SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 18:23SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 18:24SPEAKER_09: Roll uh an intelligence check.
- 18:26SPEAKER_08: Just straight up intelligence?
- 18:27SPEAKER_09: Yeah, just straight up intelligence, just to make sure you, you know, are decent with rations.
- 18:32SPEAKER_08: Under pressure.
- 18:33SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 18:34SPEAKER_08: Crit.
- 18:35SPEAKER_08: 25.
- 18:36SPEAKER_09: Well, there's no crit.
- 18:37SPEAKER_09: Because it's not enough.
- 18:38SPEAKER_09: Five.
- 18:38SPEAKER_01: 25.
- 18:40SPEAKER_09: Yeah, perfect.
- 18:41SPEAKER_09: So you're you're pretty good at eyeballing it.
- 18:43SPEAKER_09: You're like, yeah, those look really even to me.
- 18:46SPEAKER_09: And to the naked eye, anyone would be like, well, those are pretty even.
- 18:48SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 18:49SPEAKER_08: So you can go ahead and control our sewing.
- 18:50SPEAKER_08: Eyeball our seam our seamlines.
- 18:52SPEAKER_08: We're very eyeballing at the gallon.
- 18:54SPEAKER_08: Okay.
- 18:55SPEAKER_08: And I'll try and pour just the four gallons in.
- 18:58SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 18:58SPEAKER_09: So you fill up just to that line, and then you want to dump that in the basin?
- 19:02SPEAKER_08: Mm-hmm.
- 19:02SPEAKER_09: Okay, so you dump that in the basin, and nothing happens, but then you hear a and another piece of that wall breaks away, and now you've got more water rushing in.
- 19:14SPEAKER_09: And now it is more water than is able to drain out underneath the door, and the level will start to rise.
- 19:21SPEAKER_09: Your 10 minutes is up and go ahead and execute that uh healing spell.
- 19:25SPEAKER_11: So you're not there.
- 19:27SPEAKER_11: Well, it I mean it's five, so us five get 21 points.
- 19:31SPEAKER_11: Okay.
- 19:32SPEAKER_01: Alright.
- 19:33SPEAKER_01: I'm gonna try and wiggle under the door.
- 19:37SPEAKER_09: We'll have to hold her breath.
- 19:39SPEAKER_01: That's okay.
- 19:40SPEAKER_08: All right.
- 19:42SPEAKER_14: She'd yell as you're yelling to us.
- 19:44SPEAKER_08: There's now water rushing behind a storm.
- 19:47SPEAKER_14: But I'll help you push.
- 19:49SPEAKER_01: First, I'm gonna see if I can move the lever up.
- 19:51SPEAKER_09: Uh yeah, you can try.
- 19:52SPEAKER_09: Um roll me a strength check, please.
- 19:57SPEAKER_09: 15! 15?
- 19:59SPEAKER_09: Minus one.
- 20:00SPEAKER_09: You are able to overcome the gears, and you can feel a grinding on the inside as you break the gear loose, and it's now just free flowing.
- 20:10SPEAKER_01: That's what I'm gonna try and go under the door now.
- 20:16SPEAKER_08: Now that I broke it.
- 20:19SPEAKER_09: Before I leave, I want to try one more thing because I don't know if this is gonna you also watch as the amount of water that you put into that basin just disappears out.
- 20:32SPEAKER_01: I have one last theory.
- 20:34SPEAKER_01: I've got a theory.
- 20:35SPEAKER_01: And it might be bunnies.
- 20:36SPEAKER_08: No.
- 20:37SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna before I try and get out, I'm gonna go up to the door, the basin, because I'm like, if this is for healing, maybe this is a trade, maybe this is life for life, health for health, and I'm gonna just cut like the back of my arm and try and put some blood in the basement and see what happens.
- 20:53SPEAKER_09: How much blood is gonna go in, do you think?
- 20:55SPEAKER_09: Couple drops.
- 20:58SPEAKER_09: Five liters?
- 20:59SPEAKER_09: Five gallons.
- 21:00SPEAKER_08: I'm pretty sure I would not survive that.
- 21:02SPEAKER_09: You are correct.
- 21:04SPEAKER_08: A good trickle, not just drops.
- 21:07SPEAKER_08: That's why I want to do it on the back of my arm, not like palm full.
- 21:10SPEAKER_08: A smattering.
- 21:10SPEAKER_08: No, because I always think why do people cut their palms?
- 21:13SPEAKER_08: Like then you can't do anything.
- 21:14SPEAKER_08: I said a palm full of blood.
- 21:16SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 21:16SPEAKER_09: Not a only INR salivating.
- 21:20SPEAKER_09: Roll a D4 and take that health damage.
- 21:22SPEAKER_08: Okay.
- 21:23SPEAKER_08: Blocking the smell.
- 21:24SPEAKER_09: I can't see it.
- 21:24SPEAKER_08: Three.
- 21:25SPEAKER_09: Okay, perfect.
- 21:26SPEAKER_09: And then um, so the blood drops in there, you hear nothing for a second, and then uh this time the ceiling falls down in front of the door that you're trying to get out of and now is blocking the water from getting out, and the level is now rising.
- 21:44unknown: Fuck!
- 21:46SPEAKER_08: Oh guys, we have a problem.
- 21:48SPEAKER_08: The door's just locked.
- 21:49SPEAKER_09: Alright, you are officially on a six turn timer.
- 21:54SPEAKER_09: Six minutes until you are full up of water.
- 21:59SPEAKER_08: I start packing.
- 22:01SPEAKER_08: I pound on the door and telepathically yelling, get out, get out, get out.
- 22:05SPEAKER_09: Oh, yeah, I guess.
- 22:06SPEAKER_08: Can I respond to you?
- 22:07SPEAKER_14: No.
- 22:10SPEAKER_09: Oh, yeah, you probably can't.
- 22:10SPEAKER_04: We didn't do very telepathic bond yet, right?
- 22:13SPEAKER_04: No.
- 22:13SPEAKER_04: Yeah, you didn't do it yet.
- 22:14SPEAKER_08: No.
- 22:14SPEAKER_08: I can talk to her.
- 22:15SPEAKER_08: She can't talk back.
- 22:16SPEAKER_04: Do you have to see the person?
- 22:17SPEAKER_08: Now and now that the water's too high and she it flooded.
- 22:20SPEAKER_08: Do you have to see someone from the top?
- 22:22SPEAKER_08: I know she's there.
- 22:23SPEAKER_04: So I have to be able to see someone with him.
- 22:24SPEAKER_09: Okay, so you guys all hear that the stone crashes down on the other side.
- 22:28SPEAKER_09: What do you want to do?
- 22:29SPEAKER_02: Oh.
- 22:30SPEAKER_02: I will try to smash the door with my mom.
- 22:33SPEAKER_09: Okay, absolutely.
- 22:34SPEAKER_09: Go ahead and roll me a strike check, please.
- 22:36SPEAKER_04: As he's going to do it, I can I actually try to stop him for a moment?
- 22:40SPEAKER_04: Sure, you stop me.
- 22:42SPEAKER_04: I'm like, bro, no! Pry it open.
- 22:44SPEAKER_04: I think the two of us should try to open up the door.
- 22:49SPEAKER_14: Oh, with the hammer that's there?
- 22:50SPEAKER_14: But there's still a block on the other side now, right?
- 22:52SPEAKER_04: Well, no, if we can get it up and get his hammer propped, because his is a magical hammer that's not going to break, then we can probably clear away some stone, or at least I think it's more effective than smashing the stone with.
- 23:00SPEAKER_14: I have another possibility.
- 23:01SPEAKER_14: Is my figurine of wondrous power good again?
- 23:04SPEAKER_14: Because that dragon has a burrow speed, but it probably is.
- 23:08SPEAKER_14: We'll assume it's I cannot remember the last time.
- 23:12SPEAKER_08: Exactly.
- 23:13SPEAKER_08: Take a subtract my doors.
- 23:15SPEAKER_08: I don't think you've ever used it.
- 23:16SPEAKER_08: I used it once it once a lot.
- 23:22SPEAKER_14: Well, I'll bring out him the access.
- 23:24SPEAKER_14: I'll be like, Kate, my don't worry about it.
- 23:26SPEAKER_14: He can burrow under and then hopefully make an escape for her.
- 23:30SPEAKER_09: Hey, go ahead and roll me a go ahead and roll me a strength check with advantage, please, because I know is helping.
- 23:36SPEAKER_09: Who's which one you just rolled?
- 23:37SPEAKER_09: My brother was there for the first time.
- 23:39SPEAKER_09: 21?
- 23:40SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 23:40SPEAKER_09: You're able to get it to budge slightly, but not enough.
- 23:43SPEAKER_14: I think we'll still get tried.
- 23:44SPEAKER_14: We're dumb.
- 23:45SPEAKER_14: Well, I summon my uh my Drake.
- 23:47SPEAKER_14: You got your little Drake, he's there.
- 23:49SPEAKER_14: And uh tell him to essentially burrow through like the side wall so that uh worst case, that water's gonna blast out of here, and you could just shoot yourself out through there.
- 24:00SPEAKER_05: Like a slide.
- 24:02SPEAKER_14: Yeah, essentially.
- 24:03SPEAKER_05: Really uncomfortable slide.
- 24:04SPEAKER_09: Okay, well, hey, it's better than dying.
- 24:06SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 24:07SPEAKER_09: Uh it is going to attempt to burrow through, but that is gonna take some time.
- 24:11SPEAKER_09: You have three minutes and thirty seconds left.
- 24:12SPEAKER_09: It'll probably take about three minutes to do.
- 24:14SPEAKER_09: Nice.
- 24:15SPEAKER_09: Well, I guess he's starting.
- 24:17SPEAKER_09: Okay, get cool.
- 24:18SPEAKER_09: He's on his way.
- 24:18SPEAKER_01: I'm gonna try to dimension door out of the room.
- 24:20SPEAKER_09: Okay, you're gonna roll for that?
- 24:22SPEAKER_09: I just thought she had to roll for that.
- 24:23SPEAKER_09: I really didn't like your burrowing idea.
- 24:24SPEAKER_09: 19, yes?
- 24:25SPEAKER_09: No.
- 24:25SPEAKER_09: Oh, I thought it was a good idea.
- 24:26SPEAKER_08: 18, you said.
- 24:28SPEAKER_09: 18, go ahead.
- 24:29SPEAKER_08: Well, because and it's um reverse now.
- 24:32SPEAKER_08: Intelligence save, right?
- 24:33SPEAKER_09: Yes, that's correct.
- 24:34SPEAKER_08: Or an intelligence check, not save.
- 24:35SPEAKER_09: Intelligence check, not to save.
- 24:38SPEAKER_08: Fifteen.
- 24:38SPEAKER_09: Nope.
- 24:39SPEAKER_09: Does not happen.
- 24:41SPEAKER_09: Well, hopefully.
- 24:42SPEAKER_08: I am going to climb up at a higher spot.
- 24:44SPEAKER_08: I think instinctively she would try to reach higher ground.
- 24:47SPEAKER_09: Yep, you are getting up a little bit higher.
- 24:50SPEAKER_09: The water is now almost at the top of the basin, and you can see as the water is lipping up over, there's something that's preventing the water from entering the basin as it gets up past the lip of the basin.
- 25:02SPEAKER_08: Oh, that's it.
- 25:03SPEAKER_08: Go stand on the basin.
- 25:04SPEAKER_08: I was just thinking, go crawl on the basin.
- 25:07SPEAKER_08: I don't know if it would work the same, but I could go sit on the stand of the basin.
- 25:15SPEAKER_00: Anyone else trying anything?
- 25:17SPEAKER_02: I can't even.
- 25:18SPEAKER_00: I'm kind of useless at the moment.
- 25:22SPEAKER_02: Just uh if it matters, my echo does take up a space, so you could be on top of the echo if you are drowning.
- 25:32SPEAKER_02: And the echo can float up.
- 25:34SPEAKER_01: Casually drowning.
- 25:35SPEAKER_14: So that is a a place to rest.
- 25:39SPEAKER_14: Can I tell you to let her know?
- 25:42SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 25:42SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
- 25:42SPEAKER_14: That this thing is burrowing through.
- 25:45SPEAKER_08: Alright, I I I let her know we we've got the Drake burrowing.
- 25:48SPEAKER_08: It's gonna it's it's it's not instant.
- 25:52SPEAKER_08: Um do you do you have shit?
- 25:55SPEAKER_08: Uh I I tell her, okay, I'm using Detect Thoughts.
- 26:00SPEAKER_08: If you think it, just easy surface thoughts.
- 26:04SPEAKER_08: Just think it, and I'll be able to tell what you're thinking.
- 26:07SPEAKER_08: Tell me how, you know, are you okay?
- 26:09SPEAKER_08: Is there anything we need to know?
- 26:11SPEAKER_08: I visualize the room and the water rising and the stone in front of the door, and I just think, Fuck.
- 26:20SPEAKER_08: I'm so sorry I got you into this mess.
- 26:23SPEAKER_08: I relay what she's saying, what she's thinking about.
- 26:26SPEAKER_08: Oh, I'm on top of the basin.
- 26:29SPEAKER_09: Okay, you're on top of the basin.
- 26:31SPEAKER_08: Oh no.
- 26:32SPEAKER_08: You're my best friend slot.
- 26:34SPEAKER_08: Look what you did.
- 26:35SPEAKER_08: Oh.
- 26:36SPEAKER_09: So there's another as it's obviously the weight is on top now, and uh now the ceiling fully collapses in, and there is just water coming down from every angle, and it starts to fill up to the point where you can almost not make it.
- 26:53SPEAKER_09: And as it gets just about to your chin, you see the drake break through the wall, and water starts to go down a little bit, but then continues to rise.
- 27:03SPEAKER_09: As now you guys, the hallway that you're in, is being filled with water, but there's a lot of area for it to go, so it is just hitting the ground and spilling out, but it is gushing.
- 27:13SPEAKER_08: Right.
- 27:14SPEAKER_09: What do you want to do?
- 27:15SPEAKER_09: You got 10 seconds before you.
- 27:16SPEAKER_08: Go with the flow to try and get down out of that tunnel.
- 27:19SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 27:20SPEAKER_04: I was gonna say, can I try to climb down that tunnel to help get her down?
- 27:24SPEAKER_04: Because you would be pushed out.
- 27:27SPEAKER_04: Yes.
- 27:27SPEAKER_04: You would be blocking the water.
- 27:28SPEAKER_14: Yeah, the brake is getting pushed back.
- 27:30SPEAKER_01: I'm going with the flow of the water like a water slide.
- 27:32SPEAKER_01: I'm letting it carry me out.
- 27:34SPEAKER_01: Right.
- 27:34SPEAKER_09: So, yeah, and uh the hole is just big enough for you to squeeze through, and you do get like birthed out on the other end of the wall.
- 27:50SPEAKER_09: Delphine just goes and just squirts out and just lands on the other side.
- 27:58SPEAKER_04: I'll collapse the hole.
- 27:59SPEAKER_04: I know.
- 28:01SPEAKER_04: We're gonna try to collapse a little attacking it with his hammer.
- 28:04SPEAKER_04: Okay, yep.
- 28:05SPEAKER_04: Hi, I love breaking shit.
- 28:06SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 28:07SPEAKER_14: Uh we should probably get to higher ground.
- 28:09SPEAKER_14: Do you think that uh where we were heading is probably a good place to go?
- 28:12SPEAKER_09: Well, because of the burrowed holes in the ground and like the length of the hallway, it uh you've got lots of time.
- 28:18SPEAKER_02: Yeah, and around the corner eventually leads to that cliff that just goes like it'll never get further.
- 28:28SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 28:28SPEAKER_14: I'm just thinking it'd be fun to fight while you know we're in rushing water, but sure.
- 28:32SPEAKER_09: That would not be fun yet.
- 28:34SPEAKER_09: Um yeah, so you're yeah, and you guys are fully able to do that.
- 28:37SPEAKER_09: You just start hacking away at the stone and it collapses in and starts to slow it up.
- 28:40SPEAKER_14: Didn't we want to go where the Remraz came from, though?
- 28:43SPEAKER_14: Isn't that where we were heading?
- 28:45SPEAKER_14: No.
- 28:45SPEAKER_08: No, they just happened to be in one of the areas we wanted to investigate, and then they followed us.
- 28:50SPEAKER_14: Yeah, but no, but where they started burrowing because that was the center, and that's what we were trying to get to.
- 28:55SPEAKER_02: They started burrowing here.
- 28:56SPEAKER_02: Yeah, where the both are.
- 28:57SPEAKER_14: We are here.
- 28:58SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
- 28:58SPEAKER_14: Back there now, I know, but I'm saying, why wouldn't we want to go back where we were?
- 29:02SPEAKER_14: I think we should just go there now.
- 29:03SPEAKER_02: Yeah, or we could go here.
- 29:04SPEAKER_02: Basically, this is uh the portion of the ground that kept collapsing.
- 29:09SPEAKER_02: Right.
- 29:10SPEAKER_02: That Riner was interested in.
- 29:12SPEAKER_07: In an empty piece.
- 29:13SPEAKER_02: This is the green glow, and then this we never went for.
- 29:15SPEAKER_02: This was the rim rats.
- 29:17SPEAKER_02: Yes.
- 29:18SPEAKER_02: Okay, which way did you guys want to go then?
- 29:19SPEAKER_00: The way I've always wanted to glow is the green glow.
- 29:21SPEAKER_02: Okay, let's do the green glow.
- 29:22SPEAKER_02: Let's just do the green glow.
- 29:24SPEAKER_02: Does everyone want to do the green glow?
- 29:26SPEAKER_02: Yeah.
- 29:26SPEAKER_02: Dumping some.
- 29:27SPEAKER_02: As soon as we're past here to water should be a non-issue.
- 29:30SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 29:31SPEAKER_00: I wouldn't mind shooting.
- 29:33SPEAKER_04: Checking out where the burrow holes go real quick just to make sure there's nothing left on the room.
- 29:36SPEAKER_04: Can we take a short rest or no?
- 29:38SPEAKER_04: If there's any other rim or as left, we should finish them off before they come looking at the water.
- 29:41SPEAKER_08: But they followed away from the center.
- 29:45SPEAKER_08: The burrow holes popped up.
- 29:46SPEAKER_04: There are four burns.
- 29:47SPEAKER_04: This is them here.
- 29:48SPEAKER_04: There are a burrow hole that goes in the room.
- 29:50SPEAKER_02: Well, yeah, there's some technically in this room.
- 29:53SPEAKER_02: Yeah.
- 29:53SPEAKER_04: We should just honestly say, yeah.
- 29:56SPEAKER_04: We should check these out just briefly and make sure there's nothing.
- 29:58SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 29:58SPEAKER_08: We heard them test.
- 30:00SPEAKER_08: We heard that we were listening to them follow us the entire way from there.
- 30:04SPEAKER_08: So we know where they originated from, where we first heard them.
- 30:08SPEAKER_08: We know that that is where those specific tunnels lead to because we listened to them follow us the entire time.
- 30:13SPEAKER_04: That might be the safest way back there and then back into the hulls.
- 30:16SPEAKER_04: Don't we need a short rest?
- 30:17SPEAKER_04: It's not safe to twenty.
- 30:18SPEAKER_04: We do, but safety.
- 30:20SPEAKER_04: Okay, do you guys want to do the Barossa?
- 30:21SPEAKER_04: Or do we he's just talking about a fret?
- 30:23SPEAKER_04: Rolled here's tired, apparently.
- 30:26SPEAKER_04: Well, Drax is pretty tired.
- 30:28SPEAKER_04: Yeah, exactly.
- 30:29SPEAKER_08: It hasn't been long that long since we had a short rest.
- 30:32SPEAKER_14: I understand.
- 30:34SPEAKER_14: Yeah, if we can.
- 30:35SPEAKER_14: I don't know if we can.
- 30:36SPEAKER_14: I guess we have 10 minutes and there's ship around us.
- 30:38SPEAKER_02: Well, we can't stay in here.
- 30:40SPEAKER_14: No.
- 30:40SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 30:41SPEAKER_02: Although I am I don't think we're ready for another battle.
- 30:43SPEAKER_14: I guess that's all I'm saying.
- 30:45SPEAKER_02: But in the storage room, I am gonna summon my echo, and I am gonna have it where I use an action to see through its senses.
- 30:54SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 30:54SPEAKER_02: And I'm gonna keep it within a couple feet of me.
- 30:57SPEAKER_02: Okay, easy.
- 30:58SPEAKER_00: So what are we doing?
- 31:00SPEAKER_02: Uh definitely I could send an echo down one of the burrows if you guys want to.
- 31:03SPEAKER_00: Why do we want to go down the burrows?
- 31:05SPEAKER_02: Uh Einar suggested it.
- 31:07SPEAKER_02: Sure.
- 31:07SPEAKER_02: And we can rest here still, or do you have to go close to it?
- 31:11SPEAKER_02: No, I it can be up to a mile or a thousand meters or a thousand feet.
- 31:16SPEAKER_02: So why don't we do the other thing?
- 31:17SPEAKER_01: I just feel like this room is likely gonna start filling with water.
- 31:20SPEAKER_14: Yeah, I don't think this is the room we should.
- 31:22SPEAKER_14: Oh no, yeah, just yeah, for sure.
- 31:23SPEAKER_14: We need to get out of where the water goes.
- 31:26SPEAKER_14: Is in that room.
- 31:27SPEAKER_09: I think you know safely that this area here will soon be wastewater high, waste high with water, but probably won't go any further than that.
- 31:36SPEAKER_09: Much different than wastewater.
- 31:39SPEAKER_09: Much different.
- 31:39SPEAKER_09: Some waste high water.
- 31:40SPEAKER_09: That's the word.
- 31:41SPEAKER_01: So the odds are being wastewater.
- 31:42SPEAKER_14: So the odds are, like, do you think we're um uh the Remraz came from that it's a safe area now, or no?
- 31:49SPEAKER_04: So suggest what we go back down their pathway and see.
- 31:52SPEAKER_04: If not, we can rest in the tunnel they just made.
- 31:55SPEAKER_04: How big are the is the re is the holes?
- 31:57SPEAKER_09: Oh, they're huge.
- 31:58SPEAKER_09: There's the size of the of the remrats, so you could you could easily go down.
- 32:01SPEAKER_04: We could rest in one of them.
- 32:02SPEAKER_04: Yeah, I'm not resting.
- 32:03SPEAKER_09: I mean.
- 32:05SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 32:08SPEAKER_04: Does it go to any other place in this damn dungeon?
- 32:10SPEAKER_04: This is a at least a new one where something wouldn't be calling its home yet.
- 32:16SPEAKER_11: But you can if you want.
- 32:17SPEAKER_11: I I can send it to the city.
- 32:19SPEAKER_04: Does Noctis feel anything down any of them?
- 32:21SPEAKER_09: Actually, I reach inward and I'll be able to do it.
- 32:23SPEAKER_09: Noctus is still trying to get you to go back to that other place there.
- 32:26SPEAKER_04: Wasn't that the empty chasm floor?
- 32:30SPEAKER_04: Yeah, so that's what we were here on the Remraz.
- 32:32SPEAKER_04: Because he also liked over there by the Remraz.
- 32:35SPEAKER_04: Maybe we just want to go back to the back.
- 32:37SPEAKER_04: He wanted you to go back.
- 32:38SPEAKER_04: It's okay.
- 32:39SPEAKER_00: Forgive me if I don't want to take the advice of Noctus.
- 32:43SPEAKER_02: Hey, he might know this place better than you.
- 32:44SPEAKER_00: He does.
- 32:45SPEAKER_02: Alright, so let's leave the room.
- 32:47SPEAKER_02: We can go through the holes, or we can just go through the holes.
- 32:51SPEAKER_01: Do you guys want to cast while we are able to cast?
- 32:54SPEAKER_04: I'm waiting to see if you were going to.
- 32:56SPEAKER_01: Iron.
- 32:58SPEAKER_01: Hmm?
- 32:58SPEAKER_04: Iron.
- 32:59SPEAKER_08: You want to cast iron?
- 33:00SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 33:00SPEAKER_08: Cast iron firing pan?
- 33:01SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 33:02SPEAKER_08: Yeah, make some scrambled eggs.
- 33:03SPEAKER_08: Yeah, I'm hungry.
- 33:04SPEAKER_08: Neemon's perfectly seasoned to it.
- 33:06SPEAKER_08: Oleander is quite hungry right now, and nothing seems to satisfy that.
- 33:10SPEAKER_08: Wow, that seems like an Oleander problem.
- 33:13SPEAKER_04: Alright, where do you guys want to go?
- 33:14SPEAKER_04: So you guys aren't casting?
- 33:16SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 33:17SPEAKER_04: I don't cast it.
- 33:18SPEAKER_08: Alright, what are our options?
- 33:20SPEAKER_08: Our options are the rim rasses.
- 33:24SPEAKER_08: Sorry, the beholders, the glow, or the chasm, correct?
- 33:27SPEAKER_02: Uh where the rim razes came from leads to a hallway that we know splits off.
- 33:32SPEAKER_02: There is the green light.
- 33:34SPEAKER_02: There is what Noctis is interested in, or we could go up to where the beholders are.
- 33:38SPEAKER_02: And no, I'm not going to behold, so we're going to be able to do that.
- 33:41SPEAKER_02: Yeah, not until we're going to be able to do that.
- 33:42SPEAKER_08: Let's just fine, let's just go to the green light, get it out of the way.
- 33:45SPEAKER_08: I'm sick and tired of us arguing.
- 33:46SPEAKER_08: We're never- We're just gonna die.
- 33:48SPEAKER_08: We're gonna die if we can't make a decision.
- 33:50SPEAKER_08: And I'm gonna pull another fucking lever, and then we're really gonna die.
- 33:55SPEAKER_08: Honey, I broke that lever.
- 33:56SPEAKER_04: So once again, we really need to rest something.
- 33:58SPEAKER_04: To get back to that area, we have two options because the path we just came down is blocked.
- 34:03SPEAKER_02: No, it's not.
- 34:04SPEAKER_02: No.
- 34:04SPEAKER_02: No.
- 34:04SPEAKER_02: This path is blocked.
- 34:06SPEAKER_02: This is just a regular hallway.
- 34:07SPEAKER_02: Yes.
- 34:08SPEAKER_04: Isn't that the one where the big gap that we had to get over?
- 34:10SPEAKER_04: No, no, no.
- 34:11SPEAKER_04: No, that's here.
- 34:13SPEAKER_04: Alright, then we can just walk down through the regular hallway.
- 34:14SPEAKER_09: Yeah, you've already been through there.
- 34:15SPEAKER_04: You don't try and I go invisible and head out scouting.
- 34:20SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 34:21SPEAKER_08: I dismiss Miram from the water filling room and we'll pop her back up to the room.
- 34:24SPEAKER_02: Telepathic bond.
- 34:25SPEAKER_02: Perfect.
- 34:26SPEAKER_02: Okay, so green light.
- 34:28SPEAKER_08: Green light.
- 34:29SPEAKER_08: Let's just do green light.
- 34:30SPEAKER_08: That's it.
- 34:31SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 34:31SPEAKER_08: Lander just starts walking.
- 34:32SPEAKER_02: We head to the green light hallway, which was past the Yeti's.
- 34:37SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 34:38SPEAKER_09: So you go down that hallway again.
- 34:40SPEAKER_08: Is there any noise coming from that?
- 34:42SPEAKER_09: There is noise everywhere.
- 34:44SPEAKER_08: But like because we heard like a roar growl from inside the big weird box.
- 34:48SPEAKER_09: Yes, that is you do hear that the there is like a constant like Does it sound like a large creature breathing?
- 34:59SPEAKER_09: Super large creature.
- 35:01SPEAKER_09: And it's back in the direction that uh Noctus wants to go.
- 35:05SPEAKER_06: Yeah.
- 35:05SPEAKER_09: You walk fast, you get back into the area where the uh Yetis were, right?
- 35:10SPEAKER_09: And you can still see the bodies of the Yetis are there.
- 35:13SPEAKER_09: And uh if you go back around them, you walk up through the opening at the top of that chamber.
- 35:20SPEAKER_09: You come to uh very carefully.
- 35:24SPEAKER_09: Very carefully.
- 35:24SPEAKER_09: Well, he's I know that uh Drax has got his echo in front, right?
- 35:29SPEAKER_09: Yeah, yeah, but like 10 feet.
- 35:32SPEAKER_09: Yeah, not a whole lot.
- 35:33SPEAKER_09: Yeah, but you did state that though, right?
- 35:34SPEAKER_14: So and my guard drink is now around for six hours.
- 35:37SPEAKER_14: Oh, that's right.
- 35:37SPEAKER_09: There you go.
- 35:38SPEAKER_09: Go, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight.
- 35:40SPEAKER_09: So about 45 feet up, you can see the room where it's just it's this glowing green essence.
- 35:48SPEAKER_09: And then along the side of the walls, there are two slots on either side.
- 35:54SPEAKER_09: One is ten feet away from the entrance that you walk into, and then another ten feet, and then another ten feet, there's two more slots on either side, and then another ten feet takes you into the room.
- 36:04SPEAKER_09: And as you walk, as the Echo Knight goes forward, there are two iron golems standing at attention, not moving, on either side in those little annexes along that hallway that lead into the magic room.
- 36:22SPEAKER_05: Oh, these guys are gonna smash us.
- 36:26SPEAKER_00: Is there any symbols or anything on the walls and dwarven writing or glyphs or anything in this hall?
- 36:32SPEAKER_09: Uh, roll me an investigation check, please.
- 36:35SPEAKER_08: Ten!
- 36:36SPEAKER_09: Ten.
- 36:37SPEAKER_09: You don't see any.
- 36:38SPEAKER_09: You would be very adept at noticing them if you d if uh if they were there.
- 36:43SPEAKER_09: Because you've been actively looking for them the whole time.
- 36:47SPEAKER_11: Um can I think to myself?
- 36:49SPEAKER_11: Because I'm curious on something.
- 36:51SPEAKER_11: What a wonderful world.
- 36:52SPEAKER_11: Absolutely.
- 36:53SPEAKER_11: Just to see, you know, think in my head to see if I can talk to the animals.
- 36:59SPEAKER_11: Yeah, to the ink that's on me.
- 37:01SPEAKER_11: And just see if there's if they might know the cavern because they were on the yeti.
- 37:09SPEAKER_09: So maybe she'll talk.
- 37:11SPEAKER_09: You're not.
- 37:12SPEAKER_09: I know I'm not attuned, right?
- 37:13SPEAKER_09: You're not yeah, so you're not able to actually engage with it unless it engages with you when you're not attuned.
- 37:20SPEAKER_11: That's pretty good.
- 37:21SPEAKER_00: Without knowing that you were doing that.
- 37:23SPEAKER_11: You just want to find out if they would talk.
- 37:26SPEAKER_08: I Delphine does have a thought before we proceed, because we keep forgetting to do certain rituals in the magical spot, and I don't, as much as I don't want to backtrack, we could go back if you guys want to try and a short rest, and I can do a comprehend languages ritual, so I can at least read the dwarven if we come across it.
- 37:45SPEAKER_08: And how long will that last and an hour?
- 37:47SPEAKER_14: How high do you think the water is getting in there?
- 37:50SPEAKER_09: Well, she would remember the she would remember the inscription.
- 37:54SPEAKER_09: Right, it was only one line.
- 37:55SPEAKER_09: Oh, yeah, I know I do.
- 37:56SPEAKER_01: To do a ritual, you would have to go to the area that I can do.
- 38:00SPEAKER_09: Yes, but you wouldn't have to go back into the room, is what I'm saying, because you remember what it said.
- 38:04SPEAKER_09: You just don't understand it.
- 38:05SPEAKER_09: But you would be able to all of a sudden understand it, which is crazy.
- 38:07SPEAKER_09: D crazy.
- 38:09SPEAKER_08: Do you want to?
- 38:10SPEAKER_08: Is that a that's an option, or do we want to just press forward?
- 38:13SPEAKER_08: It would be an hour.
- 38:14SPEAKER_08: People would get their short rest.
- 38:16SPEAKER_07: I would think that's probably the best plan.
- 38:18SPEAKER_08: Well, but it's a risk in here to do stay in one place, I would think, for any amount of time.
- 38:25SPEAKER_11: I mean, but if we're in at least if we're in that room, we will have magical abilities.
- 38:31unknown: Okay.
- 38:32SPEAKER_11: Okay.
- 38:32SPEAKER_11: I mean, if we're doing hot if we wanted just for that hour.
- 38:36SPEAKER_11: If it helps us, I mean That's a good idea.
- 38:39SPEAKER_11: Because I mean, with these iron iron golems there, I don't trust going through here.
- 38:42SPEAKER_11: Sure, no.
- 38:43SPEAKER_11: There's high.
- 38:44SPEAKER_11: Where do we trust going through?
- 38:46SPEAKER_05: We don't trust going through anywhere.
- 38:48SPEAKER_04: We're going to have to trust the thing.
- 38:49SPEAKER_04: I'm just saying it's an option.
- 38:50SPEAKER_04: What we fight.
- 38:51SPEAKER_04: Or do we want to press forward?
- 38:52SPEAKER_04: That that voice comes out of the darkness of the now invisible iron.
- 38:55SPEAKER_04: Who wish we come up with a plan before he committed to being a scout?
- 39:01SPEAKER_11: I'm almost tempted to agree with Einar on while we're doing an option.
- 39:08SPEAKER_11: While we're doing an hour ritual with Delphine doing an hour ritual to go check out that one cavern really quick where Noctis wants to go.
- 39:17SPEAKER_08: Not alone though.
- 39:18SPEAKER_11: No, I'll go with him.
- 39:20SPEAKER_08: I would go.
- 39:21SPEAKER_08: We're splitting?
- 39:22SPEAKER_11: Well, just a couple of us just to go there.
- 39:23SPEAKER_11: We've already walked over there.
- 39:26SPEAKER_11: But uh we've already walked that way.
- 39:28SPEAKER_11: There's nothing there.
- 39:29SPEAKER_11: There's nothing into that.
- 39:33SPEAKER_04: I do not like the idea of splitting the party while she's resting.
- 39:38SPEAKER_09: I love this idea.
- 39:40SPEAKER_09: Well, where did that voice come from?
- 39:43SPEAKER_04: I knew something's following us.
- 39:45SPEAKER_01: While we're resting, we could send the echo.
- 39:47SPEAKER_02: If we do go to where Noctus wants to go, I now have an echo that can get across without having to like actually go there.
- 39:56SPEAKER_02: Without having to wait on the floor.
- 39:58SPEAKER_02: Would you be able to do that?
- 39:59SPEAKER_02: So I can at least get to this magic area to see what's behind it.
- 40:05SPEAKER_04: So from having nearly fallen through, the echo or I don't believe that is a floor.
- 40:10SPEAKER_04: I don't know.
- 40:10SPEAKER_04: I believe it is a cover that is come across a cavern.
- 40:13SPEAKER_04: That is it is a cavern that goes deep into the bowels of this place.
- 40:17SPEAKER_04: If we're going there, it's a it's it's a bypass to the dragon.
- 40:24SPEAKER_04: This is probably how the dragon gets in and out.
- 40:26SPEAKER_04: How does a dragon get in and out of a dungeon that is was the rock built around it?
- 40:32SPEAKER_04: Right?
- 40:33SPEAKER_04: I mean, uh a dragon had to have a way in.
- 40:35SPEAKER_04: Then why don't we just go back to her do her ritual?
- 40:38SPEAKER_08: Since it was small enough to get in.
- 40:40SPEAKER_02: Okay, do we want to have her do the ritual and the rest of us go here?
- 40:45SPEAKER_02: Well, no, and just send the echo there.
- 40:48SPEAKER_02: Well, I can send the echo there, but I just can't interact with anything.
- 40:52SPEAKER_02: I can just see what's well at least if we could see it, then at least you know.
- 40:55SPEAKER_08: Can your echo see in the dark?
- 40:57SPEAKER_02: Yeah, I would have the same.
- 40:58SPEAKER_02: It has a s it's it's essentially whatever I have.
- 41:00SPEAKER_08: So you could send it down the hole.
- 41:02SPEAKER_02: Yeah, but I I would have to be like, I probably can't be here, that's probably more than a thousand feet, but I could easily probably be somewhere in this.
- 41:09SPEAKER_02: Can you echo hold a lantern?
- 41:11SPEAKER_02: What's that?
- 41:12SPEAKER_02: I can it interact with objects?
- 41:13SPEAKER_02: No.
- 41:14SPEAKER_02: Mr.
- 41:14SPEAKER_01: Directs.
- 41:17SPEAKER_02: Yeah.
- 41:17SPEAKER_02: So in any case, though, if we want, I can at least go across that chasm with it to at least see what's at the other side.
- 41:24SPEAKER_08: We're so close to it, let's just go there.
- 41:26SPEAKER_08: Just go there really quick and go to the virtual.
- 41:28SPEAKER_04: The other side, the anti-magic bubble does end.
- 41:31SPEAKER_04: It does.
- 41:32SPEAKER_08: Mm-hmm.
- 41:33SPEAKER_08: We just have no way to get to the other side.
- 41:35SPEAKER_03: I've been able to get around to the entire other side the entire side.
- 41:37SPEAKER_08: You can crawl on walls.
- 41:39SPEAKER_03: We can't.
- 41:40SPEAKER_03: There are walls to the other side.
- 41:42SPEAKER_08: You can't the other side.
- 41:45SPEAKER_08: What do I do?
- 41:46SPEAKER_03: Hold on to me?
- 41:48SPEAKER_08: Wave?
- 41:49SPEAKER_04: I wasn't.
- 41:50SPEAKER_04: I don't think that's the one.
- 41:51SPEAKER_04: I mean, I I'm not saying we should get to the other side.
- 41:54SPEAKER_04: I'm telling you that Noctus says there's something down there, which Okay, well then we're close to the bottom.
- 42:00SPEAKER_08: Forgive me if I have very little trust in whatever the hell has been on you.
- 42:07SPEAKER_04: All I'm saying is it's down shoot or down this way, either it's fine.
- 42:11SPEAKER_04: We don't need to go down the chute.
- 42:12SPEAKER_04: I know.
- 42:14SPEAKER_08: Oleander grabs Drew's hand and we just start marching towards the castle.
- 42:18SPEAKER_11: I know I don't want to sit here and bigger.
- 42:20SPEAKER_11: Let's just quickly look.
- 42:22SPEAKER_11: We're close.
- 42:22SPEAKER_11: Let's just see what Noctus wants to see, and then we'll go do the ritual and get out of here.
- 42:26unknown: Okay.
- 42:27SPEAKER_11: Because maybe that's the way to the dragon instead of going through these iron golems.
- 42:30SPEAKER_02: Okay, so we're not going to fight the iron golems.
- 42:32SPEAKER_02: We're going to walk from this part of the map to here.
- 42:37SPEAKER_02: There.
- 42:37SPEAKER_02: Which is like hops can jump away.
- 42:39SPEAKER_02: Alright.
- 42:40SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
- 42:42SPEAKER_11: Yep.
- 42:42SPEAKER_08: Delphine looks longingly down the hallway that leads to the green glow.
- 42:46SPEAKER_11: Iron golems, I'm scared of right now.
- 42:48SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 42:49SPEAKER_02: And we get the front of the chasm.
- 42:52SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 42:53SPEAKER_09: And uh you do see it's exactly the same as it was the last time you left it.
- 42:57SPEAKER_09: A couple of holes in the floor where the floor is falling away.
- 43:00SPEAKER_04: Looking down those holes, they're not shoots.
- 43:02SPEAKER_04: They're clearly how thick is the floor?
- 43:06SPEAKER_09: How thick is the floor?
- 43:07SPEAKER_04: Looking down, there's a hole right in front of us, right at the time of the stop to see.
- 43:13SPEAKER_02: Throw something.
- 43:14SPEAKER_08: That's what I did.
- 43:15SPEAKER_02: Yeah, she didn't.
- 43:16SPEAKER_02: I did that.
- 43:17SPEAKER_02: And she broke another floor.
- 43:18SPEAKER_08: I threw I threw it the biggest boulder that I could care lift nicely myself, and I threw it to see if us walking on the floor would collapse it, and it did.
- 43:30SPEAKER_02: Well, this is right up Drax's alley.
- 43:33SPEAKER_02: Drax is gonna pull out one of his javelins from his bag of holdings.
- 43:37SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 43:37SPEAKER_02: That I don't think I've ever used.
- 43:40SPEAKER_02: And I'm going to throw it down the hole and see how far it drops before it makes noise.
- 43:47SPEAKER_09: Like into the hole?
- 43:48SPEAKER_09: Into the hole.
- 43:49SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 43:51SPEAKER_09: No, we just in there.
- 43:52SPEAKER_09: Alright.
- 43:53SPEAKER_09: You drop it in the hole.
- 43:54SPEAKER_09: So you take that out of your inventory?
- 43:56SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 43:56SPEAKER_09: And it drops.
- 43:58SPEAKER_02: Into the hole.
- 43:59SPEAKER_02: Yep.
- 43:59SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 44:00SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 44:00SPEAKER_02: Does it make noise after a second?
- 44:02SPEAKER_09: I will let you know when it makes noise.
- 44:04SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 44:11SPEAKER_02: It's pretty deep, guys.
- 44:16SPEAKER_08: I like that very scientific assassin.
- 44:18SPEAKER_11: That's pretty deep, guys.
- 44:20SPEAKER_11: Okay, well, I know go call on the wall.
- 44:23SPEAKER_08: Go to the other side.
- 44:24SPEAKER_11: I'm not one until I'm going to go.
- 44:25SPEAKER_11: Clang!
- 44:26SPEAKER_09: It landed.
- 44:28SPEAKER_11: I remove a javelin from my inventory.
- 44:32SPEAKER_04: Do you want to check here so it's a little bit more than a little bit?
- 44:33SPEAKER_04: I'd like to.
- 44:34SPEAKER_04: So the hole that I cross is there a wall beside it.
- 44:38SPEAKER_09: Is there a wall beside it?
- 44:40SPEAKER_04: I literally I literally looked out of the cavern.
- 44:43SPEAKER_04: I dropped down from the roof where I was, right at the lip of the cavern.
- 44:47SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 44:47SPEAKER_04: And that's what happened.
- 44:48SPEAKER_04: So that one hole is literally at the lip of the cavern.
- 44:50SPEAKER_09: Yeah, it's right as you walk in.
- 44:52SPEAKER_09: As soon as it stops being a hallway and starts to become the cavern, that's where you landed and it fell away.
- 44:57SPEAKER_09: So there are walls.
- 44:58SPEAKER_09: Yeah, there's walls around you.
- 44:59SPEAKER_09: You can go all the way around.
- 45:00SPEAKER_09: So that hole, can I put my hand down it and feel wall?
- 45:04SPEAKER_01: He wants to see the water.
- 45:06SPEAKER_09: You can crawl underneath the floor.
- 45:09SPEAKER_09: Oh, no, you can see you can see that there is a wall that disappears after about fifty feet of darkness.
- 45:16SPEAKER_04: Oh, okay.
- 45:17SPEAKER_04: I'd like to crawl through the hole then.
- 45:19SPEAKER_04: Just onto the wall, just beneath the hole.
- 45:23SPEAKER_04: And, you know, uh honestly, I'm gonna pull on something.
- 45:27SPEAKER_04: I never pull on.
- 45:28SPEAKER_04: I mean I I can have dark vision.
- 45:29SPEAKER_04: I can see 60 feet I believe around me in the black and white, and obviously it's just a wall spreading in either direction, and there's and there's and the ceiling.
- 45:38SPEAKER_04: I don't see anything coming from the ceiling, do I assume?
- 45:40SPEAKER_04: Any pillars?
- 45:41SPEAKER_04: Any Oh yeah.
- 45:43SPEAKER_04: I can see pillars?
- 45:44SPEAKER_09: Like above you.
- 45:48SPEAKER_08: Anything holding up the the floor.
- 45:50SPEAKER_08: Is it just a sheet of ice?
- 45:52SPEAKER_09: Nothing's holding it up.
- 45:52SPEAKER_09: So it's just a sheet.
- 45:53SPEAKER_09: As far as you can see, but you can't see all the way.
- 45:55SPEAKER_09: I can't see all the way, but still, at least it's 60 feet.
- 45:57SPEAKER_09: I don't see anything supporting.
- 45:58SPEAKER_09: Well, but it's dark vision, so it's not perfect.
- 46:00SPEAKER_08: But we're looking for, is this like ice fishing?
- 46:03SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 46:03SPEAKER_08: Is this just a sheet of ice and he's under the wall?
- 46:05SPEAKER_09: He's unable to fully tell.
- 46:07SPEAKER_04: Reaching into my explorer's pack, I am going to pop out a torch and strike it up.
- 46:13SPEAKER_08: I have this really awesome vision because you can stick to things of you standing straight up, but upside down.
- 46:20SPEAKER_08: Oh! I'm standing, I'm standing up.
- 46:21SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna turn it upside down.
- 46:24SPEAKER_04: Think of it more than a little bit.
- 46:24SPEAKER_04: Yeah, you stand it like this.
- 46:25SPEAKER_09: If you were standing upside down, look at the article.
- 46:29SPEAKER_04: Strike it up and I'm hanging up off the wall like that.
- 46:31SPEAKER_04: Maybe even one head back to the wall after I get it lit.
- 46:33SPEAKER_04: And I'm just looking around, like some dairy explorer underneath the thing, just taking a look at like the ceiling and what this floor is made up of.
- 46:39SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 46:40SPEAKER_09: So the way a torch works is that it doesn't illuminate everything.
- 46:44SPEAKER_09: It illuminates your immediate area to take away the dark vision, but to be go beyond the 60 feet, it does not reach that.
- 46:51SPEAKER_09: Oh, I've got to.
- 46:51SPEAKER_09: So it's the exact same that you can see, but it's more detailed now.
- 46:54SPEAKER_04: No.
- 46:55SPEAKER_09: Yeah, and it's it's the same.
- 46:58SPEAKER_04: What's the like the ceiling doesn't seem to be made of?
- 47:01SPEAKER_04: Why don't you tell me what it is you're looking for?
- 47:02SPEAKER_04: I'm trying to figure out what what the ceiling is made of.
- 47:05SPEAKER_04: It's made of stone.
- 47:07SPEAKER_04: So the stone that was falling away is actually no pillars.
- 47:13SPEAKER_04: I thought it would be made of some sort of a well, I let him know.
- 47:16SPEAKER_04: I'm like, it's 60 feet.
- 47:17SPEAKER_04: I don't see anything supporting the roof.
- 47:20SPEAKER_04: It's stone.
- 47:21SPEAKER_04: It's not not ground or something grown over from what I can see.
- 47:25SPEAKER_01: Stone is ground.
- 47:27SPEAKER_04: Shut up, Delphin! Are we even there?
- 47:30SPEAKER_04: Yeah, we're all at the lip.
- 47:32SPEAKER_08: Yeah, we're all at the lip.
- 47:33SPEAKER_14: Oh.
- 47:33SPEAKER_08: We all decided to go.
- 47:35SPEAKER_08: We're all feeling lippy.
- 47:36SPEAKER_08: Einar, can you come up and go to the other side and see what's on the other side?
- 47:42SPEAKER_08: He can't see the light.
- 47:43SPEAKER_04: No, the bottom's deep.
- 47:44SPEAKER_04: I've only gone down maybe 40 feet at most.
- 47:46SPEAKER_04: He can't see.
- 47:47SPEAKER_04: Explore the bottom.
- 47:48SPEAKER_04: Keep going.
- 47:49SPEAKER_05: He went as far as the wall would allow, and then there's just a wall.
- 47:52SPEAKER_14: Oh, and then he's going into a big ass cavern.
- 47:54SPEAKER_14: Yeah, yeah.
- 47:55SPEAKER_14: Well, he hasn't told me that yet.
- 47:57SPEAKER_02: Well, if green door obviously opens up into a roof.
- 48:02SPEAKER_02: I would just like basically to rest here at the lip and have my echo go past that magic barrier.
- 48:09SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 48:10SPEAKER_09: He does it.
- 48:10SPEAKER_09: He effortly floats across, doesn't touch anything, and get to the other side, and he goes through the magical barrier, and you can see in the when he goes through the magical barrier.
- 48:21SPEAKER_09: Let me just get to it here.
- 48:22SPEAKER_09: There is what looks to be like another little cavern.
- 48:26SPEAKER_09: And that cavern has a couple of like little caves and entryways.
- 48:32SPEAKER_09: There is a pool in the middle of that cavern of crystal clear water.
- 48:38SPEAKER_09: And then on the other side, you can see another magical barrier.
- 48:43SPEAKER_02: Interesting.
- 48:44SPEAKER_09: So we've got a barrier, and then you're saying that this is effectively a room, or it's just like it's like a it's like a it's like a cavern with like big pillars in the middle that are holding up the ceiling that you can go around.
- 48:57SPEAKER_09: It's all open, but there's large obstructions in the middle holding it up if you can.
- 49:02SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 49:03SPEAKER_02: And then there is a pool of crystal clear water.
- 49:06SPEAKER_09: Crystal clear water.
- 49:08SPEAKER_02: I wanna go up there.
- 49:09SPEAKER_02: And this this is like this pool that you're saying.
- 49:12SPEAKER_02: This is like a naturally formed pool.
- 49:14SPEAKER_09: It's a spring, yeah.
- 49:15SPEAKER_02: Oh, okay.
- 49:15SPEAKER_02: That's probably right.
- 49:16SPEAKER_02: I tell the group what my echo is seeing.
- 49:20SPEAKER_08: I want to go there.
- 49:21SPEAKER_08: How are you gonna get there?
- 49:22SPEAKER_02: How are you gonna get there?
- 49:23SPEAKER_02: You're gonna fly?
- 49:24SPEAKER_08: Can I piggyback on Einar?
- 49:26SPEAKER_02: I really want to go dip my toes in the piggyback on my eye.
- 49:29SPEAKER_07: I wanna touch that water.
- 49:30SPEAKER_02: Okay, and do I do the like with my echo there?
- 49:34SPEAKER_02: Do I see do like do the paths keep going, but they're just natural paths at that point?
- 49:39SPEAKER_09: Yeah, it's all this obviously just end.
- 49:41SPEAKER_09: This is a natural cavern.
- 49:42SPEAKER_04: How far across is this cavern that you've now you've traveled across?
- 49:47SPEAKER_09: It is about a hundred and fifty feet across.
- 49:50SPEAKER_04: So how much how long is the average length of rope?
- 49:53SPEAKER_04: 100 feet?
- 49:54SPEAKER_04: 200 feet?
- 49:55SPEAKER_04: I'm not gonna so how many of us have a 50-foot length of rope?
- 49:59SPEAKER_04: We can link them together.
- 50:01SPEAKER_04: I can get around to the other side.
- 50:02SPEAKER_04: Why are we going this way?
- 50:04SPEAKER_04: I thought you wanted to go to this pool.
- 50:06SPEAKER_11: No, I wanted she wants to go to the pool.
- 50:07SPEAKER_11: That's me.
- 50:08SPEAKER_11: I wanted you to look at the cavern since that's where Nartus wanted you to go.
- 50:12SPEAKER_11: This pool could be covered.
- 50:14SPEAKER_04: He hasn't grown any more excited than being.
- 50:17SPEAKER_04: That's because he wants you to continue.
- 50:20SPEAKER_09: He doesn't give a he's not wanting you to go down.
- 50:24SPEAKER_09: He wants you to go across.
- 50:25SPEAKER_04: I'm feeling a sense of pulling across.
- 50:27SPEAKER_04: Oh, yeah, it was always across.
- 50:28SPEAKER_04: I'll actually mention that.
- 50:29SPEAKER_04: I'm like, it's not down there.
- 50:30SPEAKER_09: It never was down there.
- 50:31SPEAKER_09: It's over there.
- 50:32SPEAKER_09: It was always through the cabin.
- 50:34SPEAKER_09: No, no, you green doored the shit out of that.
- 50:37SPEAKER_04: Well, clicking then, I realize it's like, hey guys, the pull I'm feeling isn't down here.
- 50:44SPEAKER_09: It's over there.
- 50:45SPEAKER_09: Oh my god, that all makes so much sense to me now.
- 50:49SPEAKER_09: I'm like, what the fuck is he obsessed with this?
- 50:52SPEAKER_13: I thought that's what he was figured out.
- 50:54SPEAKER_13: I was like, yeah, I thought you might have wanted to go down.
- 50:58SPEAKER_11: I must have said something that made him think that.
- 51:01SPEAKER_11: I was looking at the trap that if you step on you, it's a good thing.
- 51:09SPEAKER_04: So we figured that was the dungeon going down.
- 51:10SPEAKER_09: Now this all makes sense.
- 51:16SPEAKER_11: I'm gonna say right now, I did not think we were going down there.
- 51:19SPEAKER_04: Now that we figured out, we need to find a way across this cavern, guys.
- 51:23SPEAKER_11: Is there water actually lower?
- 51:25SPEAKER_11: The rope is at the other side.
- 51:27SPEAKER_11: You take the ropes out of there, we have a click rope and explore.
- 51:29SPEAKER_09: It looks like completely out of place for three of them on the room.
- 51:38SPEAKER_14: This is special water.
- 51:39SPEAKER_14: Einar, you can do it.
- 51:41SPEAKER_14: I am getting Leander.
- 51:44SPEAKER_08: It's real deep, guys.
- 51:46SPEAKER_08: It's special water.
- 51:49SPEAKER_08: Leander pops on Einar's back.
- 51:51SPEAKER_04: We are going to secure her onto me.
- 51:55SPEAKER_04: Like a backpack.
- 51:56SPEAKER_04: I want to put some rope around her.
- 51:58SPEAKER_00: The rest of us are stuck here.
- 52:00SPEAKER_04: Yeah, that's fine.
- 52:00SPEAKER_04: They can go and rest.
- 52:02SPEAKER_04: Moving along a wall or a ceiling is just like moving around a rope.
- 52:04SPEAKER_04: What's your nature ability?
- 52:05SPEAKER_04: My nature ability?
- 52:06SPEAKER_04: Ooh, ooh, I love this.
- 52:08SPEAKER_01: My nature is really good.
- 52:09SPEAKER_04: My nature just normal.
- 52:11SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 52:11SPEAKER_09: Roll me a nature check then to see if you're able to create a harness out of rope that will not fall apart.
- 52:18SPEAKER_09: Can I do a survival check on that?
- 52:19SPEAKER_09: I can help.
- 52:20SPEAKER_08: Oleander would 100% be able to do that.
- 52:23SPEAKER_08: Oleander is a debondage.
- 52:24SPEAKER_04: Would that be nature or would that be survival builders?
- 52:27SPEAKER_14: I'll let you do survival.
- 52:28SPEAKER_14: Because I can I uh obviously am proficient and actually know how to do things.
- 52:32SPEAKER_01: That's something I want to do when they're done.
- 52:34SPEAKER_09: Uh I would have allowed that if it was before I asked him to roll.
- 52:37SPEAKER_09: Yeah, sure.
- 52:38SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 52:38SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 52:38SPEAKER_09: So I'm actually on it.
- 52:40SPEAKER_09: In the future, yes, uh that would be the thing to do.
- 52:42SPEAKER_04: I literally see him doing it.
- 52:44SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 52:44SPEAKER_04: 19 with my plus five, we've got a 24.
- 52:47SPEAKER_09: There he goes, it's fine.
- 52:48SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 52:49SPEAKER_04: Turns out I secure her very well.
- 52:50SPEAKER_09: But yeah, so what how I would have played that out would have been he would have gone up and she would have fallen off before he even got out, and you would have been like, Let me let me do this for you.
- 53:00SPEAKER_09: Oh god.
- 53:00SPEAKER_09: It makes sense.
- 53:01SPEAKER_05: As though I would also be holding on.
- 53:03SPEAKER_05: But uh in true baby born.
- 53:05SPEAKER_09: In the true case of somebody that doesn't know anything about knots, Einar just ties lots.
- 53:10unknown: True.
- 53:12SPEAKER_09: If you don't know knots, you tie lots.
- 53:15SPEAKER_09: Um and basically he just like lashes you to his back and uh you're there.
- 53:20SPEAKER_09: It's uncomfortable, but you're attached to him.
- 53:24SPEAKER_04: I'm piggybacking.
- 53:25SPEAKER_04: I will try to find the best route either uh along the wall or up across the ceiling to get across the cavern to the other side.
- 53:32SPEAKER_09: Well, the wall, it's quite far.
- 53:34SPEAKER_09: Like the fastest way would be directly straight behind you, directly up and over.
- 53:39SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 53:40SPEAKER_11: Because I look over at tough and say, I'm sorry, I didn't expect them to go across.
- 53:44SPEAKER_01: Did you really not expect them to go across?
- 53:48SPEAKER_14: Really?
- 53:48SPEAKER_14: Okay, we can have a rest.
- 53:50SPEAKER_08: They attach everything.
- 53:53SPEAKER_14: I'm attempting to rest.
- 53:54SPEAKER_14: Good.
- 53:55SPEAKER_09: Okay, you're gonna take a short rest?
- 53:57SPEAKER_09: Yes.
- 53:58SPEAKER_09: Will they do that?
- 54:00SPEAKER_09: While you take that short rest, we're all gonna take a short break.
- 54:07SPEAKER_09: Hey everyone, this is DM Stu.
- 54:10SPEAKER_09: And this is the part of the session where I smile, nod, and secretly check my notes on our quick break.
- 54:17SPEAKER_00: Thank you for joining Disney Whispers.
- 54:19SPEAKER_00: If you're enjoying our content, please like, follow, subscribe, and leave a comment on how many pop culture references you caught us making.
- 54:29SPEAKER_09: Okay, so you are who here is having the uh the rest?
- 54:34SPEAKER_08: I'm not technically resting.
- 54:36SPEAKER_08: I am rest.
- 54:39SPEAKER_14: Yeah, and I'm gonna get rolled and just to watch if you can, at least one of the openings that things could come from.
- 54:44SPEAKER_09: So absolutely, yeah.
- 54:47SPEAKER_09: Because you two are tied together.
- 54:50SPEAKER_09: Delphine, what are you doing?
- 54:52SPEAKER_08: Well, because these guys ran away before I could do it.
- 54:56SPEAKER_09: Silly gooses.
- 54:57SPEAKER_08: I'm going to do Rary Stylepathic Bond on just the people who are here.
- 55:01SPEAKER_08: Perfect.
- 55:01SPEAKER_08: Okay, okay.
- 55:02SPEAKER_08: Because we keep needing to and we keep not doing it.
- 55:05SPEAKER_10: Alright.
- 55:06SPEAKER_08: So that's 10 minutes, but for the rest, I would like to also do a comprehend languages.
- 55:13SPEAKER_08: Do you have to roll for that?
- 55:16SPEAKER_08: Probably.
- 55:16SPEAKER_08: I don't know if we'll comprehend languages?
- 55:18SPEAKER_08: Are you?
- 55:19SPEAKER_08: For the ritual.
- 55:20SPEAKER_08: That's why I wanted to do it in the other place, but no one wanted to do it in the room.
- 55:23SPEAKER_09: Well, we can go to the other place and do it there instead.
- 55:26SPEAKER_09: Like yeah, you've got to roll everything magic spell-wise, even if it's a ritual, you do have to roll.
- 55:30SPEAKER_01: I don't want us to be too far from them in case shit goes through.
- 55:34SPEAKER_01: So I will try first Rarry's telepathic bond.
- 55:37SPEAKER_09: Do it.
- 55:37SPEAKER_09: Do it.
- 55:40SPEAKER_01: Doesn't work.
- 55:41SPEAKER_09: And then you gotta try it.
- 55:42SPEAKER_01: 15.
- 55:43SPEAKER_09: Bummer.
- 55:44SPEAKER_09: It's so close.
- 55:45SPEAKER_09: You try that one?
- 55:47SPEAKER_08: I will try comprehend languages because I assume you will not allow me to just spam.
- 55:51SPEAKER_09: No, I won't.
- 55:52SPEAKER_09: You can try one more.
- 55:53unknown: Yeah.
- 55:55SPEAKER_09: She would lose another one.
- 55:56SPEAKER_08: I do not do it.
- 55:57SPEAKER_08: That's why I wanted to go back to the other place.
- 56:00SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 56:00SPEAKER_09: Alright.
- 56:01SPEAKER_08: So I assume I know it's not gonna work like about a minute in.
- 56:04SPEAKER_09: Yeah, because it doesn't, it it it's like it's like it hits a barrier and stops.
- 56:09SPEAKER_09: I won't have you lose a spell slot for it.
- 56:11SPEAKER_09: Well, it's a ritual.
- 56:12SPEAKER_09: It's a ritual, so it's not a big deal.
- 56:13SPEAKER_09: So yeah.
- 56:14SPEAKER_08: Delphine is visibly frustrated and irritated and pulls her fucking map out.
- 56:20SPEAKER_09: Okay, so um, as you are going up and over the cavern, it's a hundred and something feet.
- 56:27SPEAKER_09: It's quite a large expanse.
- 56:29SPEAKER_09: Lots of stalagmites all kind of around or stalactites because they're hanging down.
- 56:34SPEAKER_09: Or all around the ceiling.
- 56:37SPEAKER_09: Well, um, I will be on guard.
- 56:40SPEAKER_00: Or thee.
- 56:41SPEAKER_04: I don't know, just you know, watching my ground, watching for movement.
- 56:46SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 56:47SPEAKER_04: Looking for anything that looks honestly out of place.
- 56:50SPEAKER_04: Actively perceiv actively perceiving for threats.
- 56:54SPEAKER_04: Let's put it that way.
- 56:55SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 56:56SPEAKER_09: Yeah, you can actively perceive, but you want to roll me in perception?
- 56:59SPEAKER_09: Do you want to just go with your passive or do you want to try and roll for a higher one?
- 57:02SPEAKER_04: Oh, I'm I'm I'm active.
- 57:04SPEAKER_09: This is Let's do it.
- 57:04SPEAKER_09: Go for it.
- 57:05SPEAKER_09: Roll.
- 57:07SPEAKER_09: You have an advantage on perception?
- 57:09SPEAKER_09: I do.
- 57:09SPEAKER_09: Please do.
- 57:11SPEAKER_04: Woohoo hoo! Uh 23.
- 57:15SPEAKER_09: Okay, yeah.
- 57:16SPEAKER_09: Um yeah, you don't see anything that uh I mean, there's nothing that's distinguishable standing out.
- 57:21SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 57:22SPEAKER_09: Your movement is halved because you've got a person strapped to your back.
- 57:28SPEAKER_09: I'm totally cool with that.
- 57:29SPEAKER_09: I'm I'm I'm walking carefully too and wanting to make sure that that's crawling along the ceiling, not walking.
- 57:37SPEAKER_08: I like the idea of walking.
- 57:39SPEAKER_09: Just a quick question for you.
- 57:40SPEAKER_09: Yes.
- 57:41SPEAKER_09: Can you walk as normal in spider mode?
- 57:46SPEAKER_09: Yes.
- 57:46SPEAKER_09: Okay, so there's no ability check or anything like that.
- 57:49SPEAKER_09: It's just natural.
- 57:50SPEAKER_09: It's like you're upside down, but you're good.
- 57:52SPEAKER_09: Any part of me just seems to stick to walls.
- 57:53SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 57:54SPEAKER_09: However, Oleander is not able- I did I just read it, but I was making sure it's the same as his.
- 57:59SPEAKER_09: And Oleander, you are hanging from him.
- 58:03SPEAKER_07: Yep.
- 58:04unknown: Okay.
- 58:05SPEAKER_09: She's piggybacking.
- 58:06SPEAKER_04: I'm piggybacked and strapped.
- 58:08SPEAKER_04: Leg wrapped.
- 58:09SPEAKER_04: I showed her how to wrap her legs around me.
- 58:11SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 58:11SPEAKER_04: She's like a backback.
- 58:13SPEAKER_08: You're gonna have to show me how to wrap my legs around you.
- 58:15SPEAKER_08: I know how.
- 58:16SPEAKER_08: Ew.
- 58:18SPEAKER_04: Weird.
- 58:19SPEAKER_08: Ew.
- 58:20SPEAKER_09: Weird.
- 58:21SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 58:21SPEAKER_09: Pleasantly pleased with that.
- 58:23SPEAKER_05: Um I've got dry legs around others.
- 58:26SPEAKER_09: You're gonna get about you're gonna get about halfway across, and you will see movement.
- 58:34SPEAKER_04: What kind of movement?
- 58:36SPEAKER_09: The stalactide.
- 58:38SPEAKER_09: Stalactite.
- 58:42SPEAKER_09: I uh no, they haven't done anything, but you do see uh how far away is it?
- 58:49SPEAKER_09: You're surrounded.
- 58:51SPEAKER_09: There's there's at least six of them within your 40-foot radius or proximity.
- 58:59SPEAKER_04: Alright, 40 foot proximity.
- 59:02SPEAKER_04: They don't really move.
- 59:04SPEAKER_09: Not yet.
- 59:06SPEAKER_04: I will think to you, totally Andrew, there's something up here with us.
- 59:14SPEAKER_04: The rocks are moving.
- 59:17SPEAKER_04: And I point out to her in my in the military church, my dad would have taught me.
- 59:25SPEAKER_04: With us being 12, I'm like, so 11 o'clock, 12 o'clock, 10, wherever they are, I start just pointing out to her.
- 59:30SPEAKER_09: Yeah, easily, yeah.
- 59:31SPEAKER_09: You're able to identify what you think is a threat.
- 59:36SPEAKER_07: Oh, Oleander's not super excited about this.
- 59:39SPEAKER_07: Um, I can I can move safely with you fairly fast.
- 59:50SPEAKER_04: You are your movement is halved.
- 59:52SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 59:52SPEAKER_04: Yep.
- 59:52SPEAKER_04: So my still.
- 59:54SPEAKER_04: So if I'm dashed line, I'm moving about 40 feet in six seconds.
- 59:58SPEAKER_08: Um I see.
- 1:00:02SPEAKER_08: And we're too you said we're halfway across.
- 1:00:04SPEAKER_09: You're halfway across, but you are like just entering where all the these stalactites are.
- 1:00:10SPEAKER_08: Fedicles.
- 1:00:12SPEAKER_08: We're too far away for me to tell you guys anything.
- 1:00:17SPEAKER_09: You're about 75 to 80 feet away, yeah.
- 1:00:19SPEAKER_08: Yeah, but my ability doesn't go that far.
- 1:00:20SPEAKER_08: Oh, that's too bad.
- 1:00:21SPEAKER_08: Yeah, exactly.
- 1:00:23SPEAKER_08: Um, so uh, although I know that you guys have eyes on us.
- 1:00:27SPEAKER_08: Like I don't have my mat.
- 1:00:29SPEAKER_08: Okay, you're actively not looking.
- 1:00:30SPEAKER_08: Okay, you can actively not look.
- 1:00:34SPEAKER_08: Delphine is Well, they don't see anything.
- 1:00:35SPEAKER_08: Delphine's petrol not looking towards us.
- 1:00:38SPEAKER_01: No, why would we?
- 1:00:39SPEAKER_01: I'm doing something.
- 1:00:42SPEAKER_08: They can be looking at you.
- 1:00:43SPEAKER_11: Even if you were looking at you, we don't see stuff on there.
- 1:00:46SPEAKER_11: We don't know what you're doing.
- 1:00:47SPEAKER_11: We're not up there.
- 1:00:48SPEAKER_08: That's fine.
- 1:00:48SPEAKER_08: I can only see 68 in the darkness.
- 1:00:51SPEAKER_08: Exactly.
- 1:00:51SPEAKER_08: You said we're surrounded now.
- 1:00:53SPEAKER_09: No, no, you are about to be surrounded.
- 1:00:54SPEAKER_09: So you are going into it.
- 1:00:56SPEAKER_09: Einar, with his perception check, noticed them first.
- 1:01:01SPEAKER_08: If we if we move sideways, see if they start moving sideways with us.
- 1:01:05SPEAKER_04: So, yeah, so we're not in yet.
- 1:01:07SPEAKER_04: So they're basically all from like what 9 o'clock to 2 o'clock.
- 1:01:12SPEAKER_04: Is that fair to say?
- 1:01:13SPEAKER_04: Somewhere in there in the in the spectrum?
- 1:01:15SPEAKER_10: Yeah.
- 1:01:16SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 1:01:16SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 1:01:19SPEAKER_04: Actively watching for them.
- 1:01:20SPEAKER_04: I take her advice, and I'm gonna start moving right along it and see if I see how many more I and see if watching them moving.
- 1:01:29SPEAKER_04: I'm gonna rather than go into it, I'm going and watching for skirting.
- 1:01:32SPEAKER_09: You know, watching for more.
- 1:01:34SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:01:34SPEAKER_09: Um, yeah, there are more in that direction.
- 1:01:37SPEAKER_09: You're just I'm talking about the ones that are just in close proximity to you.
- 1:01:40SPEAKER_09: They're all over.
- 1:01:40SPEAKER_08: But if we skirt, do they?
- 1:01:42SPEAKER_09: But you don't know.
- 1:01:42SPEAKER_09: You just saw that one.
- 1:01:44SPEAKER_09: If you were to skirt to the right, yeah, then you would be in proximity of more on this side.
- 1:01:50SPEAKER_09: You guys are trying to see that all the way across.
- 1:01:52SPEAKER_09: You're trying to go around them, you cannot circumnavigate.
- 1:01:54SPEAKER_08: I'm I'm wanting to know if we move adjacent.
- 1:01:58SPEAKER_08: Are they moving?
- 1:01:58SPEAKER_08: Or are they can't?
- 1:01:59SPEAKER_08: They're not moving.
- 1:02:00SPEAKER_08: Do they stay still?
- 1:02:01SPEAKER_09: They stay still.
- 1:02:02SPEAKER_09: They are essentially they're just rock formations hanging down from the ceiling, right?
- 1:02:06SPEAKER_09: He saw one like a piece of it looked like it shifted.
- 1:02:13SPEAKER_08: Do we know of any um creatures that appear to be as rocks or other similar things?
- 1:02:25SPEAKER_08: Have we heard of anything like that?
- 1:02:28SPEAKER_04: I'll scan my knowledge on this and try to assist her in this.
- 1:02:31SPEAKER_09: Uh well, she didn't say anything to you, so.
- 1:02:34SPEAKER_09: I thought that's actually what she was.
- 1:02:35SPEAKER_09: No, she was asking me.
- 1:02:36SPEAKER_09: Nah.
- 1:02:39SPEAKER_09: Um Bolt of Lightning hit you in the head.
- 1:02:43SPEAKER_08: Yeah, no, I'll just I'll whisper to him, do you have any idea what these could be?
- 1:02:47SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 1:02:48SPEAKER_04: Do I?
- 1:02:49SPEAKER_04: I'm thinking in of any of the books that I've read.
- 1:02:51SPEAKER_04: What's your intelligence?
- 1:02:54SPEAKER_09: My intelligence is uh 10.
- 1:02:56SPEAKER_09: Is it 10?
- 1:02:57SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 1:02:58SPEAKER_09: Okay, so it's like half.
- 1:03:01SPEAKER_01: Of me.
- 1:03:02SPEAKER_04: Yeah, I'd say it's yeah, but it's average, which means you're not an I'm wiser than I am smart.
- 1:03:08SPEAKER_09: But wisdom, wisdom is not the same as being smart.
- 1:03:12SPEAKER_09: I know, I just point out I'm wiser than I am smart.
- 1:03:14SPEAKER_09: Intelligence is knowing that a tomato is a fruit.
- 1:03:16SPEAKER_09: Wisdom is knowing it doesn't go in a fruit salad.
- 1:03:19SPEAKER_08: Charisma.
- 1:03:19SPEAKER_08: Selling is salsa.
- 1:03:21unknown: Yeah.
- 1:03:21SPEAKER_09: Right?
- 1:03:22SPEAKER_09: So your wisdom doesn't come into play.
- 1:03:25SPEAKER_09: Because your wisdom would be passive.
- 1:03:27SPEAKER_09: But your intelligence was is is mediocre.
- 1:03:29SPEAKER_09: So that would be um, I'd argue that you're probably not an avid reader.
- 1:03:34SPEAKER_09: Maybe you've read a couple of books in your life, but you're not Mr.
- 1:03:37SPEAKER_09: Study Hall, are you?
- 1:03:40SPEAKER_09: It's all we had time to do aside from You're not Delphine.
- 1:03:45SPEAKER_04: I know I'm not Delphine.
- 1:03:46SPEAKER_09: So you cannot fake a stat, right?
- 1:03:49SPEAKER_09: So uh we'll say that your knowledge is pretty limited when it comes to monsters of this regard.
- 1:03:57SPEAKER_09: You're more or less avid in like criminals, criminal organizations, and you know, surface dwelling stuff.
- 1:04:04SPEAKER_09: That's kind of more or less what your expertise level would be.
- 1:04:06SPEAKER_08: I'd say could you make an nature check for that?
- 1:04:09SPEAKER_09: You you could make a history check.
- 1:04:11SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 1:04:12SPEAKER_08: I'll make a history check.
- 1:04:13SPEAKER_04: I was just wondering if I once saw in the monster's manual sort of thing in the reads.
- 1:04:18SPEAKER_04: It's a rock.
- 1:04:19SPEAKER_04: There's a monster's manual.
- 1:04:20SPEAKER_04: Well, we've established that before.
- 1:04:22SPEAKER_04: That's yeah, that's that's how I knew what a beholder was.
- 1:04:24SPEAKER_09: Yeah, yeah.
- 1:04:27SPEAKER_09: Yeah, but you rolled really well on that one.
- 1:04:30SPEAKER_09: You ran about it.
- 1:04:30SPEAKER_09: I got to roll.
- 1:04:31SPEAKER_09: Well, she rolled.
- 1:04:32SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 1:04:32SPEAKER_08: Exactly.
- 1:04:32SPEAKER_04: Which is fine.
- 1:04:33SPEAKER_04: Yes.
- 1:04:33SPEAKER_08: And and I don't recognize, I don't, I can't have remember anything about creatures that appear as rocks.
- 1:04:40SPEAKER_04: Okay, cool.
- 1:04:42SPEAKER_09: Do we want to try to cross?
- 1:04:44SPEAKER_09: Well, um, did you did you roll with advantage?
- 1:04:46SPEAKER_09: No.
- 1:04:46SPEAKER_09: Do it, because he's helping you, right?
- 1:04:48SPEAKER_09: You guys are discussing this.
- 1:04:50SPEAKER_08: I just rolled two threes again, by the way, and I would like other dice.
- 1:04:55SPEAKER_08: Different dice.
- 1:04:56SPEAKER_08: We're gonna have that same session all over again roll.
- 1:04:59SPEAKER_08: You rolled three.
- 1:04:59SPEAKER_08: Well, that was all three.
- 1:05:02SPEAKER_12: Oh my god, that was really good.
- 1:05:03SPEAKER_09: You argue with the DM, you roll three.
- 1:05:06SPEAKER_00: Okay.
- 1:05:07SPEAKER_09: It was really funny.
- 1:05:08SPEAKER_00: That was really funny.
- 1:05:09SPEAKER_00: That's amazing.
- 1:05:10SPEAKER_04: Well, yeah.
- 1:05:11SPEAKER_04: Do we want to try across or do we want to go back and tell them what we're encountering up on the roof?
- 1:05:16SPEAKER_08: I kinda wanna poke them, but I don't think that's a great idea.
- 1:05:22SPEAKER_08: Go ahead.
- 1:05:24SPEAKER_08: Okay, can we stay on our side?
- 1:05:27SPEAKER_11: She's just so scared of every natural.
- 1:05:30SPEAKER_08: I am scared of things, but I'm also very curious, and I've lost all my patience.
- 1:05:34SPEAKER_11: You just want to poke the barrel.
- 1:05:36SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 1:05:37SPEAKER_08: I want to poke a welcome to Delphine's world.
- 1:05:41SPEAKER_08: Um why does everyone touch everything?
- 1:05:44SPEAKER_04: Well, I mean, we just did that in the other room.
- 1:05:46SPEAKER_08: Is there a lot of space between them, or would we have to be really, really close in order to get through?
- 1:05:53SPEAKER_09: Oh no, like you could you could get with it.
- 1:05:56SPEAKER_09: Like, you wouldn't be more than you would be you could get through that.
- 1:06:00SPEAKER_09: Without being closer than 10 feet.
- 1:06:02SPEAKER_08: And the closest one to us from the lip where everybody else is is halfway.
- 1:06:09SPEAKER_06: Yeah.
- 1:06:10SPEAKER_08: And then all so they're all essentially in the second half.
- 1:06:16SPEAKER_10: Yeah.
- 1:06:19SPEAKER_03: Yeah.
- 1:06:20SPEAKER_03: Um go around to the wall.
- 1:06:24SPEAKER_08: Go try going around and see if anything happens.
- 1:06:27SPEAKER_08: Otherwise, I I don't think that we should engage while we're hanging from the ceiling.
- 1:06:34SPEAKER_04: I don't like the idea of that with you hanging from me.
- 1:06:37SPEAKER_04: I do too.
- 1:06:39SPEAKER_04: I try going further around to see if it just spreads as a full thing to the Yep.
- 1:06:45SPEAKER_09: As I said before, it's the entire expanse of the ceiling from wall to wall.
- 1:06:48SPEAKER_09: You've got them intermittently hanging down just like you would in any cavern.
- 1:06:52SPEAKER_08: And do we notice while we're staring at them now, is there any kind of reaction from them as we are moving within their own room?
- 1:06:58SPEAKER_09: Are there any reactions from the rock formations?
- 1:07:02SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 1:07:02SPEAKER_08: You said one of them moved.
- 1:07:05SPEAKER_09: You saw a shift.
- 1:07:06SPEAKER_09: And a bit of rock fell from it, yeah.
- 1:07:10SPEAKER_08: Oh, so it wasn't moving like a creature.
- 1:07:12SPEAKER_08: It was a piece of rock fell from the ceiling.
- 1:07:14SPEAKER_09: No, I never said that.
- 1:07:15SPEAKER_09: I said that a little it sh it seems like it shifted and a piece of rock fell from the ceiling.
- 1:07:19SPEAKER_08: Rock doesn't typically shift, though.
- 1:07:21SPEAKER_04: That's a stopped iron.
- 1:07:23SPEAKER_04: The rock shifted, and I was like, that's not right.
- 1:07:27SPEAKER_08: Exactly.
- 1:07:28SPEAKER_04: I was like, hmm.
- 1:07:28SPEAKER_08: I misunderstood.
- 1:07:29SPEAKER_08: No.
- 1:07:30SPEAKER_08: When you said shifted, and okay, so this is very potentially like the floor.
- 1:07:36SPEAKER_08: The ceiling could collapse on to, you know, while we're out while we're trying to hang from it.
- 1:07:42SPEAKER_08: Go to the wall.
- 1:07:44unknown: Okay.
- 1:07:45SPEAKER_04: I mean we're at the wall.
- 1:07:46SPEAKER_09: Yeah, you're at the wall.
- 1:07:48SPEAKER_09: Um, and you can go basically the wall is about 45 feet in height, and they're as they're they're all along the side of the wall as well, because obviously that's that seems to be that's where the formations are happening.
- 1:08:01SPEAKER_09: Um and you would have to go 45 feet down would take you right to the floor, which is that where you want to be?
- 1:08:06SPEAKER_09: On the floor or where do you want to be?
- 1:08:09SPEAKER_09: The floor of which side?
- 1:08:10SPEAKER_09: Like the floor where you would fall through.
- 1:08:12SPEAKER_09: Oh.
- 1:08:13SPEAKER_09: So they go all the way down to the floor on the side of the wall.
- 1:08:15SPEAKER_09: No, no, no, just the walls come down 45 feet to the floor.
- 1:08:19SPEAKER_09: And then you've got the ceiling that has the stalactites all along the ceiling.
- 1:08:22SPEAKER_09: By the way, your guys' short rest is done.
- 1:08:26SPEAKER_04: So if we could come down.
- 1:08:29SPEAKER_04: If we came down 20 feet on the wall, go along the wall.
- 1:08:34SPEAKER_04: Yeah, you could certainly try.
- 1:08:36SPEAKER_04: You think 25 feet, 30 feet?
- 1:08:38SPEAKER_04: It's 40 feet, 45 feet all the way down, eh?
- 1:08:40SPEAKER_04: 45 feet down, yeah.
- 1:08:42SPEAKER_04: It's 45 feet up to the ceiling.
- 1:08:43SPEAKER_04: So we can go down like 35 feet.
- 1:08:46SPEAKER_04: Go along the wall to the other side.
- 1:08:49SPEAKER_08: Just go along the wall to the other side.
- 1:08:50SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 1:08:51SPEAKER_04: So I come down the wall, see.
- 1:08:52SPEAKER_08: See, and and being cautious, looking for any kind of sign that there's give along the wall, just like the floor and the ceiling.
- 1:09:00unknown: Okay.
- 1:09:01SPEAKER_09: That's what you're doing?
- 1:09:01SPEAKER_09: Yeah, go along the wall.
- 1:09:03SPEAKER_09: Alright, are you gonna move past underneath the selectites?
- 1:09:07SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 1:09:08SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:09:08SPEAKER_09: But since it's like this and they're all like I am absolutely watching these for you watching, you're watching the wall or are you watching the ceiling?
- 1:09:15SPEAKER_09: She's watching the wall.
- 1:09:16SPEAKER_09: I'll watch the ceiling.
- 1:09:17SPEAKER_09: I'm watching the ceiling.
- 1:09:18SPEAKER_09: So you're both watching the ceiling.
- 1:09:20SPEAKER_08: What?
- 1:09:20SPEAKER_08: If you're crawling along the wall, would you watch where you're going?
- 1:09:24SPEAKER_09: I'm watching the wall.
- 1:09:25SPEAKER_09: You watch the ceiling.
- 1:09:26SPEAKER_09: Very good.
- 1:09:27SPEAKER_09: Okay, there you go.
- 1:09:28SPEAKER_09: So now we've got it.
- 1:09:28SPEAKER_09: Alright.
- 1:09:29SPEAKER_09: Teamwork.
- 1:09:30SPEAKER_09: Well done.
- 1:09:30SPEAKER_09: Okay, so you start crawling along the wall, and uh you are uh about 15 feet underneath the stalactites and oleander, you're going to see uh that would be one, two, three, four.
- 1:09:53SPEAKER_09: Um two three.
- 1:09:56SPEAKER_09: Yep, four.
- 1:09:57SPEAKER_09: You would have four sets of tendrils shoot out from these stalactites with a 50-foot reach.
- 1:10:04unknown: Oh my god.
- 1:10:06SPEAKER_09: And iron.
- 1:10:08SPEAKER_08: Back it up, back it up, back it up, back it up, back it up, back it up, back it up.
- 1:10:11SPEAKER_09: And this is a surprise attack.
- 1:10:18SPEAKER_04: Alright.
- 1:10:18SPEAKER_04: Are these attacks or are these uh checks?
- 1:10:20SPEAKER_04: These are attacks.
- 1:10:22SPEAKER_04: Alrighty, so you have disadvantaged to hit uh 19 right now.
- 1:10:25SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:10:26SPEAKER_09: Well, that's the first one.
- 1:10:30SPEAKER_09: That is exactly a 19, uh, but that's a three.
- 1:10:33SPEAKER_09: So first one misses, second one is not a disadvantage.
- 1:10:37SPEAKER_09: Until I get hit, it's a disadvantage.
- 1:10:38SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:10:38SPEAKER_09: Oh, is it?
- 1:10:39SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:10:39SPEAKER_09: Okay, cool.
- 1:10:40SPEAKER_09: Well, then it would be straight because it's a surprise attack, right?
- 1:10:43SPEAKER_04: No surprise attack just means I miss my rap my my round.
- 1:10:45SPEAKER_04: Oh, you just miss a round?
- 1:10:46SPEAKER_09: Okay, it's a disadvantage.
- 1:10:49SPEAKER_04: Well, second, we were supposed to roll initiative and then I just missed my first round.
- 1:10:53SPEAKER_09: Alright.
- 1:10:58SPEAKER_04: Actually, not only eight for my initiative, so you might be going twice.
- 1:11:01SPEAKER_09: What did you get?
- 1:11:02SPEAKER_09: Eight?
- 1:11:03SPEAKER_09: Sorry?
- 1:11:03SPEAKER_09: Yeah, eight.
- 1:11:04SPEAKER_09: Okay, so they rolled a 21.
- 1:11:06SPEAKER_09: But I am gonna roll them individual for each one because I think that's important.
- 1:11:09SPEAKER_09: Because they they if they all get to go, then that's different.
- 1:11:13SPEAKER_09: Uh that's a natural one, so you won't have one of them.
- 1:11:18SPEAKER_09: That's a three.
- 1:11:21SPEAKER_09: That one's gonna be higher than yours.
- 1:11:23SPEAKER_09: Five of them?
- 1:11:24SPEAKER_09: Uh there's five, yeah.
- 1:11:26SPEAKER_09: That's higher than yours.
- 1:11:27SPEAKER_09: And that's higher than yours.
- 1:11:29SPEAKER_09: Okay, so five will uh three of them will go ahead of you, and then so three of them will go twice.
- 1:11:33SPEAKER_09: Two of them will only get to go once.
- 1:11:35SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:11:36SPEAKER_09: And so the first one has gone and it missed.
- 1:11:39SPEAKER_09: Uh the second one is still at disadvantage and it missed.
- 1:11:45SPEAKER_09: The third is gonna be a miss.
- 1:11:49SPEAKER_09: Thank god that cloak.
- 1:11:51SPEAKER_09: Fourth is also gonna be a miss.
- 1:11:54SPEAKER_09: Please, please, please.
- 1:11:55SPEAKER_09: Yes! And the fifth is a miss.
- 1:11:58SPEAKER_09: And then the three get to go again.
- 1:12:00SPEAKER_14: You're not doing once where they hit their bite.
- 1:12:02SPEAKER_14: No.
- 1:12:04SPEAKER_14: That's a miss.
- 1:12:05SPEAKER_14: This is not close enough.
- 1:12:07SPEAKER_14: Ridiculous.
- 1:12:08SPEAKER_14: They're gonna.
- 1:12:09SPEAKER_04: Oh my god, this is a ridiculous run right now.
- 1:12:13SPEAKER_09: That's all they all missed.
- 1:12:16SPEAKER_09: I feel like this is like an anime moment with the.
- 1:12:18SPEAKER_09: Because of that cloak.
- 1:12:18SPEAKER_09: Alright, so now you get a turn to attack.
- 1:12:20SPEAKER_09: However, you cannot let go of the side, and you cannot let go of her.
- 1:12:26SPEAKER_09: So, what would you like to do?
- 1:12:27SPEAKER_04: Run as fast as I can.
- 1:12:28SPEAKER_04: I am dashing, I am moving 40 feet along the wall, yelling at her.
- 1:12:32SPEAKER_04: We are under assault.
- 1:12:33SPEAKER_04: I am moving, I am dodging.
- 1:12:34SPEAKER_04: Yep.
- 1:12:35SPEAKER_04: Straight at that, and I am uh should I rage?
- 1:12:41SPEAKER_04: When my last rage.
- 1:12:42SPEAKER_04: Bonus action rage.
- 1:12:43SPEAKER_04: 22.
- 1:12:44SPEAKER_04: You're next.
- 1:12:45SPEAKER_04: I'm just seeing.
- 1:12:46SPEAKER_04: I am just seeing if I have.
- 1:12:48SPEAKER_04: Do you have a rage left?
- 1:12:49SPEAKER_04: I have a rage left.
- 1:12:51SPEAKER_04: Just see if we have anything else that might be the better.
- 1:12:54SPEAKER_09: Uh you've now all seen this.
- 1:12:57SPEAKER_09: We can actually hear it now.
- 1:12:58SPEAKER_09: You can hear it now, yeah.
- 1:12:59SPEAKER_09: So it's within 60 feet.
- 1:13:00SPEAKER_09: We can actually see what's going on.
- 1:13:01SPEAKER_09: Yeah, and now you can see that they are all all the slag tites.
- 1:13:05SPEAKER_09: Their an eye is opening on all of them, and they can now all see I and there's a lot of them.
- 1:13:11SPEAKER_14: Okay, and are you letting the short rest to kick in right now?
- 1:13:14SPEAKER_14: You've already had it.
- 1:13:14SPEAKER_09: It's done.
- 1:13:15SPEAKER_09: Your short rest is done.
- 1:13:16SPEAKER_09: Oh, okay.
- 1:13:16SPEAKER_09: So it's been a while while.
- 1:13:17SPEAKER_00: Do I get a short rest because my my things didn't work?
- 1:13:19SPEAKER_04: Yep.
- 1:13:20SPEAKER_04: You can have it as well.
- 1:13:23SPEAKER_04: Should I raise just to have my advantage on start picking off some piercings?
- 1:13:28SPEAKER_04: Well, I always have it on decks.
- 1:13:29SPEAKER_04: Strength is the one.
- 1:13:32SPEAKER_09: Uh I mean I would.
- 1:13:36SPEAKER_11: Maybe if you run away, they might not fall.
- 1:13:42SPEAKER_11: I'm not, I can't do it.
- 1:13:43SPEAKER_11: I'm not in foot.
- 1:13:44SPEAKER_11: Should we roll in ish it?
- 1:13:45SPEAKER_09: Yeah, if anybody else wants to roll initiative in others, they can as well.
- 1:13:50SPEAKER_09: You can shoot, right?
- 1:13:51SPEAKER_09: You have range.
- 1:13:52SPEAKER_02: So we all know this is happening.
- 1:13:54SPEAKER_09: You all know this is happening now.
- 1:13:55SPEAKER_09: Yeah, I'll roll an initiative.
- 1:13:56SPEAKER_02: What did you roll?
- 1:13:57SPEAKER_02: Ray Yelp or something.
- 1:13:59SPEAKER_09: Eight?
- 1:13:59SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:14:00SPEAKER_09: Yeah, 12.
- 1:14:01SPEAKER_11: 12 for drags.
- 1:14:02SPEAKER_11: I'm not gonna bother because you got no ranged attacks?
- 1:14:07SPEAKER_01: 19.
- 1:14:08SPEAKER_11: You don't have Sacred Flame or whatever the hell.
- 1:14:12SPEAKER_11: I'm a magic user.
- 1:14:13SPEAKER_11: I have to roll at 19 to do anything.
- 1:14:15SPEAKER_09: Yeah, okay.
- 1:14:16SPEAKER_09: So uh and Oleander, the only person that's not rolling is you're gonna show you don't want to just roll just a case.
- 1:14:21SPEAKER_09: Well, I'll put you in.
- 1:14:21SPEAKER_09: You're just gonna be at the bottom of the order.
- 1:14:23SPEAKER_04: I am absolutely going to use my range.
- 1:14:30SPEAKER_04: I let I let it swell up somewhat, but my defensive antlers are what I pop out.
- 1:14:35SPEAKER_04: As I continue to pop, it comes closer.
- 1:14:37SPEAKER_04: Bam and knocks them off the ball as well.
- 1:14:39SPEAKER_09: Okay, so you're raged.
- 1:14:40SPEAKER_09: Alright, cool.
- 1:14:41SPEAKER_09: More importantly, I'm in defensive mode, yes.
- 1:14:43SPEAKER_09: Okay, defensive mode.
- 1:14:44SPEAKER_09: Okay, and Oleander, what do you want to do?
- 1:14:46SPEAKER_08: Um, I am going to attempt to see if I can elders blast.
- 1:14:52SPEAKER_08: But did she get range?
- 1:14:54SPEAKER_09: I got it, yep.
- 1:14:54SPEAKER_09: Yep, you guys are all next.
- 1:14:56SPEAKER_08: I I rolled 19.
- 1:14:57SPEAKER_09: Yeah, you did really good.
- 1:14:58SPEAKER_09: It's just she's all she's there, right?
- 1:15:00SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 1:15:00SPEAKER_08: What did you say we need to roll 15 to be able to cast, right?
- 1:15:04SPEAKER_09: 18.
- 1:15:05SPEAKER_08: 18.
- 1:15:06SPEAKER_08: Fuck off.
- 1:15:07SPEAKER_09: I need to roll 19.
- 1:15:08SPEAKER_08: Fuck off.
- 1:15:09SPEAKER_08: Okay.
- 1:15:09SPEAKER_08: Um intelligence.
- 1:15:12SPEAKER_08: Uh no, no.
- 1:15:13SPEAKER_08: I did not successfully uh do my Eldritch blasts, so I am going to give inspiration to Einar.
- 1:15:25SPEAKER_07: Get me out of this, honey.
- 1:15:27SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:15:29SPEAKER_09: And you've got inspiration.
- 1:15:30SPEAKER_09: Delphine, you're up.
- 1:15:32SPEAKER_00: Okay, Delphine's gonna fucking do it.
- 1:15:35SPEAKER_00: She's gonna roll her mat back up and put it back in her pocket, and she's gonna try to firebolt the nearest me that I can see.
- 1:15:43SPEAKER_09: Absolutely.
- 1:15:44SPEAKER_08: Yeah, whatever creature this is above.
- 1:15:46SPEAKER_08: Can I, is it a separate action if I'm back in Crystal Boro, I had done some research and you said I have a proficient knowledge in the underdark.
- 1:15:57SPEAKER_08: Do I know what this creature is?
- 1:16:00SPEAKER_09: Uh yeah, I'll get you to roll a history check with advantage.
- 1:16:03SPEAKER_01: Okay.
- 1:16:04SPEAKER_09: This is your this kind of thing is your jam.
- 1:16:06SPEAKER_09: I feel like I should let some tapes out of my life.
- 1:16:09SPEAKER_09: Yeah, you probably would, yeah.
- 1:16:12SPEAKER_01: More like a 23.
- 1:16:13SPEAKER_09: 23.
- 1:16:14SPEAKER_09: You know exactly what these are.
- 1:16:17SPEAKER_08: And I and I know that they are.
- 1:16:20SPEAKER_09: Yeah, you know what they're?
- 1:16:22SPEAKER_09: They're ropers.
- 1:16:23SPEAKER_08: I'm just gonna fucking ropers.
- 1:16:26SPEAKER_14: Ropers.
- 1:16:27SPEAKER_14: Well, and piercers, right?
- 1:16:30SPEAKER_14: I don't know what I think.
- 1:16:30SPEAKER_14: These are only ropers.
- 1:16:32SPEAKER_14: So I'm gonna try to cast.
- 1:16:33SPEAKER_09: I haven't heard of them at all ever.
- 1:16:34SPEAKER_04: Now we have the miniature.
- 1:16:35SPEAKER_09: You can try casting what?
- 1:16:36SPEAKER_09: Those are much more dangerous.
- 1:16:38SPEAKER_08: I make it because I do 18 plus 5, 23.
- 1:16:41SPEAKER_08: So now I'm gonna hold a hit.
- 1:16:43unknown: Go for it.
- 1:16:43SPEAKER_09: And you're going for the nearest one.
- 1:16:45SPEAKER_08: Nearest one I can see, yeah.
- 1:16:46SPEAKER_09: Okay, perfect.
- 1:16:50SPEAKER_00: Uh 20.
- 1:16:52SPEAKER_00: No, not 20.
- 1:16:53SPEAKER_00: I'm talking about thinking 16.
- 1:16:55SPEAKER_09: 16 does not hit.
- 1:16:57SPEAKER_00: Okay.
- 1:16:58SPEAKER_00: That's my turn.
- 1:17:00SPEAKER_09: Okay, next up is Drax.
- 1:17:03SPEAKER_02: I have my echo fly 30 feet towards them.
- 1:17:07SPEAKER_02: Perfect.
- 1:17:07SPEAKER_02: Yep.
- 1:17:08SPEAKER_02: That's my turn.
- 1:17:09SPEAKER_08: And then Snuggle.
- 1:17:11SPEAKER_02: Well, that's.
- 1:17:12SPEAKER_02: Well, how far are they away from my echo?
- 1:17:13SPEAKER_09: How far away are they from my echo?
- 1:17:16SPEAKER_09: Well, you could get to one in one movement that is closest to you.
- 1:17:20SPEAKER_09: Oh, then I'm.
- 1:17:21SPEAKER_09: They're all spread out.
- 1:17:22SPEAKER_02: Okay, then the closest one to the echo.
- 1:17:24SPEAKER_02: I thought they were.
- 1:17:25SPEAKER_09: Yeah, we just don't have them written on the thing, but we could easily do that.
- 1:17:28SPEAKER_02: Well, then he is going to recklessly, Great Weapon Master, attack that one.
- 1:17:34SPEAKER_02: Perfect.
- 1:17:34SPEAKER_02: Go for it.
- 1:17:35SPEAKER_02: Uh 22 minus 5.
- 1:17:36SPEAKER_02: 17?
- 1:17:37SPEAKER_02: 17 does not hit.
- 1:17:38SPEAKER_02: Oh, okay.
- 1:17:38SPEAKER_02: Well then we're gonna reckless attack without the uh great weapon master.
- 1:17:43SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 1:17:43SPEAKER_02: Uh 31.
- 1:17:44SPEAKER_02: 31 hits.
- 1:17:46SPEAKER_02: Just barely.
- 1:17:47SPEAKER_02: Alright, and we deal uh what is that?
- 1:17:50SPEAKER_02: 19 damage taken.
- 1:17:51SPEAKER_09: 19 damage taken.
- 1:17:53SPEAKER_09: Anything else?
- 1:17:55SPEAKER_09: Uh nope, that's my turn.
- 1:17:56SPEAKER_09: Okay, Iiner, you get another turn.
- 1:17:58SPEAKER_04: We're moving.
- 1:17:58SPEAKER_04: We're getting out of range of these things.
- 1:18:00SPEAKER_09: Yeah, you if you're going to move, you are gonna take on a lot of attacks of opportunity.
- 1:18:06SPEAKER_09: Just heads up.
- 1:18:07SPEAKER_09: How far away is the other side?
- 1:18:09SPEAKER_09: Uh you've moved to 40 feet, you've got another 50 feet left to go.
- 1:18:13SPEAKER_09: Question.
- 1:18:14SPEAKER_09: If I try to misty step, does anything attach me come with me?
- 1:18:17SPEAKER_09: Nope.
- 1:18:18SPEAKER_09: No.
- 1:18:18SPEAKER_01: It's just you.
- 1:18:19SPEAKER_09: That's problematic.
- 1:18:20SPEAKER_09: You could go half and disengage.
- 1:18:23SPEAKER_09: Says a voice that comes out of nowhere that gets hit by lightning.
- 1:18:29SPEAKER_09: I wouldn't rely on the misty step.
- 1:18:31SPEAKER_09: I mean, I would.
- 1:18:31SPEAKER_09: It's out of the question.
- 1:18:32SPEAKER_09: I think it's a great idea.
- 1:18:33SPEAKER_09: No, it's out of the question.
- 1:18:34SPEAKER_09: I think you should do it.
- 1:18:34SPEAKER_09: I don't know what makes it.
- 1:18:38SPEAKER_13: Well, I mean, I know what you think.
- 1:18:40SPEAKER_13: This is a great way to break up with me.
- 1:18:43SPEAKER_08: Maybe you can just start.
- 1:18:45SPEAKER_08: Maybe I'll develop a lovely relationship with one of these tentacles.
- 1:18:51SPEAKER_08: Obviously, I don't mind something slithery.
- 1:18:54SPEAKER_09: I think there's internet videos for that.
- 1:18:56SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 1:18:58SPEAKER_09: Roll jubie right after Rainer, okay?
- 1:19:00SPEAKER_09: Sure.
- 1:19:00SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:19:00SPEAKER_08: I fall deeply into the Rainer, what do I want to do?
- 1:19:04SPEAKER_08: So I can't.
- 1:19:05SPEAKER_09: No, uh another turn with no attacks coming at me.
- 1:19:09SPEAKER_09: Yeah, I'm giving you one more, I'm giving you a shot to do something.
- 1:19:12SPEAKER_04: Question, because that's actually important.
- 1:19:14SPEAKER_04: Sorry.
- 1:19:14SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 1:19:15SPEAKER_04: Probably.
- 1:19:15SPEAKER_04: How does my rage work right now?
- 1:19:16SPEAKER_04: If they didn't get around to attack me, so I didn't get a chance to take damage for them while raging, does it fade or can we get it?
- 1:19:22SPEAKER_08: How does rage work?
- 1:19:23SPEAKER_04: It's a turn.
- 1:19:24SPEAKER_09: It's another turn.
- 1:19:25SPEAKER_09: So but uh do I still have my rage?
- 1:19:27SPEAKER_09: You don't take any damage after a turn of raging.
- 1:19:30SPEAKER_09: Your turn your rage ends at the end of your next turn.
- 1:19:32SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 1:19:33SPEAKER_09: Or if you don't do any damage.
- 1:19:34SPEAKER_08: If you don't take or do, you're losing it.
- 1:19:36SPEAKER_09: Yeah, that's the way it works.
- 1:19:37SPEAKER_08: Just move and maybe they'll hit you.
- 1:19:39SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:19:40SPEAKER_09: Health.
- 1:19:41SPEAKER_09: I just move 40 feet.
- 1:19:42SPEAKER_09: Yeah, that I mean that's what I was assuming you were gonna do.
- 1:19:45SPEAKER_09: Yeah?
- 1:19:46SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:19:46SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:19:47SPEAKER_09: So yeah, you'll take uh it'll be six this time.
- 1:19:51SPEAKER_09: Uh never hit.
- 1:19:53SPEAKER_00: I never hit him.
- 1:19:55SPEAKER_09: I never hit him.
- 1:19:55SPEAKER_09: So there's a chance, though.
- 1:19:57SPEAKER_09: There's a chance that I might not hit him at all.
- 1:20:00SPEAKER_04: I have another D8 to my AC if I.
- 1:20:02SPEAKER_09: I'm thinking of reckless assault.
- 1:20:04SPEAKER_09: No, that misses.
- 1:20:05SPEAKER_09: No, I was thinking he was already at pitch.
- 1:20:07SPEAKER_09: And I couldn't.
- 1:20:08SPEAKER_09: That also misses.
- 1:20:09SPEAKER_09: Avoid a crit.
- 1:20:11SPEAKER_09: That hits.
- 1:20:12SPEAKER_09: What's wait, what's that?
- 1:20:13SPEAKER_09: What is the uh 19 to hit?
- 1:20:16SPEAKER_04: That's a 19?
- 1:20:17SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:20:17SPEAKER_04: I will use my uh Entler defense.
- 1:20:20SPEAKER_04: It whips out and adds another six to my AC.
- 1:20:22SPEAKER_09: Okay, so now what is your AC?
- 1:20:24SPEAKER_04: So only for that hit, my AC jumps to 25.
- 1:20:28SPEAKER_04: So I blocked that hit.
- 1:20:29SPEAKER_04: Cool.
- 1:20:29SPEAKER_09: I can't hit you.
- 1:20:31SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:20:31SPEAKER_04: So you're gonna my AC is only 25 for that one, for that one attack.
- 1:20:35SPEAKER_04: Oh, that one hit.
- 1:20:36SPEAKER_09: Oh, okay.
- 1:20:36SPEAKER_09: I was gonna say you I was gonna say you make it 40 feet.
- 1:20:38SPEAKER_09: I just blocked it.
- 1:20:39SPEAKER_09: Oh, okay.
- 1:20:39SPEAKER_09: So I got three more rolls then.
- 1:20:40SPEAKER_09: Yeah, three more.
- 1:20:41SPEAKER_09: So you're still at your regular AC then?
- 1:20:43SPEAKER_09: Yes.
- 1:20:43SPEAKER_09: Oh, okay.
- 1:20:44SPEAKER_09: I get it.
- 1:20:46SPEAKER_09: That one hits.
- 1:20:46SPEAKER_09: Okay, yes, that'll hit me.
- 1:20:48SPEAKER_09: Okay, so that is a grasping tendril.
- 1:20:50SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:20:51SPEAKER_09: So you it doesn't do any damage, but it does grapple you.
- 1:20:54SPEAKER_04: Okay, let's do a grappling exchange.
- 1:20:56SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:20:57SPEAKER_09: No, you just grappled.
- 1:20:58SPEAKER_09: And you have to do an escape DC 15 strength check on your turn.
- 1:21:03SPEAKER_09: And while you are grappled, you're restrained and you have disadvantage on strength checks and saving throws.
- 1:21:08SPEAKER_09: But he can't, that one roper now can't use its tendril on anything else other than you.
- 1:21:13SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 1:21:13SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:21:13SPEAKER_09: Just to grapple.
- 1:21:14SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:21:15SPEAKER_09: Then, well, there's still two more.
- 1:21:20SPEAKER_09: Uh no, there won't be because you're not gonna move out of their range because that guy grappled you and stopped you.
- 1:21:24SPEAKER_09: So it's only those guys.
- 1:21:25SPEAKER_09: So it's only the four that went.
- 1:21:27SPEAKER_09: And then at the end of that, rolled your up.
- 1:21:31SPEAKER_09: Now you are 20 feet closer to the end.
- 1:21:35SPEAKER_09: You only have another 30 feet-ish to get to the other side of the cavern, but you are restrained.
- 1:21:42SPEAKER_14: I can't give him half his movement because it would be useless.
- 1:21:45SPEAKER_09: You'd be useless, yeah.
- 1:21:47SPEAKER_14: Alrighty, whatever.
- 1:21:48SPEAKER_14: I'll steady aim and shoot at uh the nearest one as well.
- 1:21:52SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 1:21:52SPEAKER_14: That is not the one that has them.
- 1:21:54SPEAKER_14: That's fine.
- 1:21:55SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 1:21:56SPEAKER_14: Anyways, I missed because I was definitely doing um the mystery.
- 1:22:00SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 1:22:00SPEAKER_14: I rolled very, very poorly, so about it three days ago.
- 1:22:03SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 1:22:04SPEAKER_14: And then my second shot straight in a shot at the guy.
- 1:22:07SPEAKER_09: That's a natural one.
- 1:22:08SPEAKER_14: Yeah, it is.
- 1:22:10SPEAKER_09: So I I They're not gonna be in your sights.
- 1:22:14SPEAKER_09: You're gonna just arrow bounces off the bottom.
- 1:22:16SPEAKER_09: Am I telling an arrow?
- 1:22:17SPEAKER_08: Shoot an ally in the back.
- 1:22:19SPEAKER_09: They're not in your It's kind of tradition.
- 1:22:22SPEAKER_09: You you got multiple ones that didn't do anything to you.
- 1:22:25SPEAKER_09: That's what you said.
- 1:22:28SPEAKER_08: Yeah, it was.
- 1:22:29SPEAKER_09: Well, you're right.
- 1:22:30SPEAKER_09: It was Delphine I would.
- 1:22:31SPEAKER_09: Actually, yeah, it turns around and hits Delphine.
- 1:22:33SPEAKER_09: No, uh you wanna do something?
- 1:22:39SPEAKER_09: I wave and say hello.
- 1:22:40SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:22:41SPEAKER_09: What can I do?
- 1:22:41SPEAKER_09: Oleander, what do you want to do?
- 1:22:43SPEAKER_08: I want to bite this fucker that's grappling him.
- 1:22:46SPEAKER_09: You want to bite him?
- 1:22:47SPEAKER_08: Not no, the tentacle that's grappling him.
- 1:22:50SPEAKER_08: I want to bite it.
- 1:22:52SPEAKER_09: Oh, okay.
- 1:22:53SPEAKER_08: Now, do I can I just bite it because it's right there, or do I actually have to primal savagely to Yeah, you you have to do everything at what you have to do everything you can to attack.
- 1:23:03SPEAKER_09: You are hanging from a rope on someone's back.
- 1:23:06SPEAKER_08: I'm just saying, do I No, I'm saying do I have to magically elongate my fangs, or can I just bite it?
- 1:23:13SPEAKER_09: You can just bite him like a normal person.
- 1:23:15SPEAKER_09: Yeah, okay.
- 1:23:15SPEAKER_09: But it'll just be an unarmed attack.
- 1:23:19SPEAKER_08: No, I'm gonna have to I'm gonna have to see if I can travel savagery myself.
- 1:23:24SPEAKER_02: Isn't it better just to try to bite?
- 1:23:26SPEAKER_02: Definitely is.
- 1:23:27SPEAKER_08: Ooh.
- 1:23:28SPEAKER_08: Um I guess.
- 1:23:29SPEAKER_08: Hold on, hold on, hold on.
- 1:23:30SPEAKER_08: My you're you're potentially right.
- 1:23:34SPEAKER_08: Um, yeah, because I have a plus three to my unarmed attack.
- 1:23:40SPEAKER_08: But there's a big problem.
- 1:23:41SPEAKER_02: You also don't have to roll a 19 for it to go off.
- 1:23:44SPEAKER_02: Yeah.
- 1:23:45SPEAKER_05: Okay, but what happens if my unarmed attack is zero damage, no matter what I do.
- 1:23:52SPEAKER_09: Then you don't produce damage.
- 1:23:52SPEAKER_09: Then you don't do anything.
- 1:23:53SPEAKER_09: Then you're just like, ah ah! You do zero for your unarmed.
- 1:23:57SPEAKER_08: Why do you think I like strength?
- 1:24:00SPEAKER_08: Right.
- 1:24:01SPEAKER_08: Um her ball.
- 1:24:02SPEAKER_09: I mean, so let me put it to you this way.
- 1:24:04SPEAKER_08: Strength is reduced.
- 1:24:05SPEAKER_09: Let me put it to you this way.
- 1:24:07SPEAKER_09: If you don't do primal savagery, it's the same result.
- 1:24:10SPEAKER_08: Yeah, yeah, exactly.
- 1:24:13SPEAKER_08: I'm primal savagery attempt.
- 1:24:16SPEAKER_09: There you go.
- 1:24:17SPEAKER_08: Okay.
- 1:24:18SPEAKER_09: Aren't you glad that I tell you to do this?
- 1:24:21SPEAKER_08: I love you.
- 1:24:22SPEAKER_08: I love you.
- 1:24:24SPEAKER_08: Actually, I was telling this to Stu, but you know, we're gonna pretend I was saying it to the next one.
- 1:24:29SPEAKER_08: Okay, so I am going to, now that I successfully have elongated my fangs, I'm gonna try and bite this fucker for a 24.
- 1:24:39SPEAKER_09: That hits.
- 1:24:40SPEAKER_08: I definitely bite him, and that means that um I'ma I'ma oh, but however, does it do uh anything when I bite him?
- 1:24:51SPEAKER_08: Does it give me any of my does it make me happy Vampi?
- 1:24:56SPEAKER_08: Does it give me happy Vampi or do I just It is not humanoid?
- 1:25:00SPEAKER_08: Wait, okay, alright.
- 1:25:03SPEAKER_08: Okay, so three D 10 plus I'm snuggling granddad.
- 1:25:10SPEAKER_08: Uh, where'd my other D10 go?
- 1:25:12SPEAKER_08: Anybody know where I stuck it?
- 1:25:14SPEAKER_08: You threw it.
- 1:25:14SPEAKER_07: I threw it away.
- 1:25:16SPEAKER_07: There you go.
- 1:25:18SPEAKER_07: I can't believe you just handed me a die.
- 1:25:20SPEAKER_07: I don't share it with you.
- 1:25:22SPEAKER_07: Okay.
- 1:25:23SPEAKER_07: 10, 12, 15, and 19.
- 1:25:28SPEAKER_09: Alright, you bite straight through it and break the hold on inner and it goes slides right back to the rope where and I is now free.
- 1:25:39SPEAKER_09: Excellent.
- 1:25:40SPEAKER_07: Well done.
- 1:25:41SPEAKER_09: That's my gal.
- 1:25:43SPEAKER_07: I elect to bite things.
- 1:25:46SPEAKER_09: And now it's their turn.
- 1:25:49SPEAKER_07: Run baby, oh wait, did you want to do anything?
- 1:25:51SPEAKER_09: Did you want to move?
- 1:25:52SPEAKER_04: Because you can't.
- 1:25:53SPEAKER_08: I I can't I cannot move, but I pulled on to the back of his hair just a little bit harder and tried directly.
- 1:26:02SPEAKER_08: Like a horse?
- 1:26:03SPEAKER_08: Yes.
- 1:26:04SPEAKER_08: Run, baby, run.
- 1:26:05SPEAKER_04: We've gotten a new one.
- 1:26:07SPEAKER_08: You just yaw me.
- 1:26:09SPEAKER_09: Right.
- 1:26:10SPEAKER_09: Uh so they're gonna go and they are going to.
- 1:26:13SPEAKER_09: Now that you have done damage, they're gonna attack you as well.
- 1:26:16SPEAKER_09: So there'll be three on you and three on you, okay?
- 1:26:18SPEAKER_08: Well, that's a replacement.
- 1:26:20SPEAKER_09: Just one.
- 1:26:21SPEAKER_09: It's no longer disabled.
- 1:26:23SPEAKER_09: He does it though.
- 1:26:24SPEAKER_08: Yes.
- 1:26:26SPEAKER_09: That's a natural one.
- 1:26:28SPEAKER_09: That's a miss for the first one.
- 1:26:30SPEAKER_09: That's a 20 to hit.
- 1:26:32SPEAKER_09: So I'll add my thing.
- 1:26:35SPEAKER_09: I get a 23.
- 1:26:38SPEAKER_09: Sorry, 22 AC.
- 1:26:39SPEAKER_09: 22 AC, okay.
- 1:26:40SPEAKER_09: So that misses.
- 1:26:42SPEAKER_09: And that is a 20 to hit.
- 1:26:44SPEAKER_09: Okay, you get me up for the next one.
- 1:26:45SPEAKER_09: Alright, so again, you're restrained.
- 1:26:47SPEAKER_09: It's a grasping tangril again.
- 1:26:49SPEAKER_09: Uh so you're restrained and Oleander, same for you, but it's a disadvantage for the first one, yes?
- 1:26:53SPEAKER_09: Or until I hit you.
- 1:26:54SPEAKER_07: Until you hit me.
- 1:26:55SPEAKER_09: Roger that.
- 1:26:56SPEAKER_07: Which will probably be very fast.
- 1:26:58SPEAKER_09: Uh 16 to hit.
- 1:27:00SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 1:27:01SPEAKER_09: So you have been grasped.
- 1:27:05SPEAKER_09: So you are also restrained.
- 1:27:06SPEAKER_08: Which restrains Einar by default?
- 1:27:08SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:27:10SPEAKER_09: Yeah, it's true, actually.
- 1:27:11SPEAKER_09: I would have assumed you guys got it.
- 1:27:12SPEAKER_09: So it's now is one on him, and now there's one in Oleander.
- 1:27:15SPEAKER_09: So you gotta break them both.
- 1:27:16SPEAKER_09: Uh and then the other two are gonna attack, and that's uh a miss, but a 21, and uh the 10 another tendril grabs you.
- 1:27:26SPEAKER_09: So now Einar has two one tendril on him, Oleander has two on her.
- 1:27:30SPEAKER_09: Do they pull different directions?
- 1:27:32SPEAKER_09: Nope, they don't get it, they don't get to do anything on this turn until uh until their next turn.
- 1:27:36SPEAKER_09: Uh it is Delphine's turn.
- 1:27:37SPEAKER_08: Delphine's gonna send Miriam into the room to fly in the face of the one uh grasping Oleander.
- 1:27:45SPEAKER_08: There's two one of the ones grasping Oleander, it's not one of the ones I we were already targeting, was it?
- 1:27:51SPEAKER_09: No, they're they're kind of in the back.
- 1:27:53SPEAKER_09: So what it is is the way it looked.
- 1:27:54SPEAKER_09: I should have drawn this out, but I didn't.
- 1:27:56SPEAKER_09: Um there's one that is being attacked by Drax's Echonite.
- 1:28:00SPEAKER_09: Then there are the two that are grasping Oleander.
- 1:28:02SPEAKER_09: Then there is the one right next to that one that's grasping Einar.
- 1:28:05SPEAKER_09: And then there are two more in front of that, but there's a whole bunch others that are not engaged in the other.
- 1:28:10SPEAKER_00: I will just pick the nearest one to me that's grasping Oleander.
- 1:28:14SPEAKER_09: Okay, that's actually it's yeah, so that's fine.
- 1:28:17SPEAKER_08: I can do that?
- 1:28:18SPEAKER_09: You can definitely do that.
- 1:28:19SPEAKER_08: Okay, so Miriam's gonna do the help action and fly in its face.
- 1:28:22SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:28:22SPEAKER_08: And I'm gonna try and firebolt again.
- 1:28:25SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:28:25SPEAKER_08: Let's see if I can get it off.
- 1:28:28SPEAKER_08: Uh get him off get off.
- 1:28:30SPEAKER_09: You're doing the right action.
- 1:28:34SPEAKER_08: Now I don't want to do it.
- 1:28:37SPEAKER_08: Then you go like this.
- 1:28:38SPEAKER_08: I do not get a spell off.
- 1:28:40SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:28:40SPEAKER_09: You do not get the spell off.
- 1:28:41SPEAKER_09: Do you want to do anything else?
- 1:28:42SPEAKER_08: There's nothing else I can do.
- 1:28:44SPEAKER_01: Actually, actually, actually.
- 1:28:45SPEAKER_09: Actually.
- 1:28:45SPEAKER_09: Oh, okay.
- 1:28:46SPEAKER_01: Actually.
- 1:28:47SPEAKER_08: Can I carefully like like tip see how far into the cavern I can tiptoe without before the ground crumbles?
- 1:28:55SPEAKER_08: I'm not putting my whole weight.
- 1:28:57SPEAKER_08: I'm trying to see if I can find the edge of ground.
- 1:29:02SPEAKER_09: Oh, uh yeah, you'll very easily be able to do that.
- 1:29:05SPEAKER_09: You can clearly see where it broke away.
- 1:29:07SPEAKER_09: And you can assume safely that that line, invisible line, goes across the floor of the hallway.
- 1:29:13SPEAKER_08: I move it just a little bit further into the cavern so I can see a little bit more.
- 1:29:16SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:29:17SPEAKER_08: Not like into just because I I don't know where we are.
- 1:29:19SPEAKER_09: You could attempt to climb along the wall on the outside.
- 1:29:23SPEAKER_08: I'll just inch or like in the lip.
- 1:29:27SPEAKER_08: In the lip of the wall.
- 1:29:28SPEAKER_08: The lip of the wall, the lip into the cavern on the edge of the wall.
- 1:29:32SPEAKER_09: So I can see an acrobatics check to see if you can maintain yourself on that lip.
- 1:29:39SPEAKER_09: You want to do athletics instead?
- 1:29:43SPEAKER_00: Do I No can I'm trying to decide if I want to animate a blade song first?
- 1:29:51SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:29:53SPEAKER_00: I'm gonna activate the blade song first.
- 1:29:56SPEAKER_00: You said it was acrobatics?
- 1:29:57SPEAKER_09: Yes.
- 1:29:58SPEAKER_00: I get an advantage on acrobatics.
- 1:29:59SPEAKER_09: Woot.
- 1:30:02SPEAKER_08: Which is good, because then we'll do 15.
- 1:30:06SPEAKER_09: Oh, there you go.
- 1:30:07SPEAKER_09: Fifteen?
- 1:30:07SPEAKER_09: Fifteen.
- 1:30:08SPEAKER_09: Oh yeah, you're good.
- 1:30:09SPEAKER_09: You're able to maintain yourself along there.
- 1:30:10SPEAKER_09: It's not hard.
- 1:30:11SPEAKER_09: You just wanted to make sure that you're not gonna be like fall in a hole.
- 1:30:13SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:30:14SPEAKER_09: Or no, fall fall and make it crumble away.
- 1:30:16SPEAKER_12: Yeah, yeah.
- 1:30:17SPEAKER_09: Um, cool.
- 1:30:18SPEAKER_09: Uh yeah, so you're able to see a little bit better, you can have more line of sight.
- 1:30:22SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 1:30:22SPEAKER_09: Go ahead, draft your up.
- 1:30:24SPEAKER_02: Uh okay, I'm going to reckless great weapon master uh this uh roper next to my echo.
- 1:30:31SPEAKER_02: Go for it.
- 1:30:32SPEAKER_02: Okay, 31 to hit, minus five, so 26.
- 1:30:35SPEAKER_02: That hits.
- 1:30:36SPEAKER_02: And we deal uh 17 plus 27 bludgeoning damage.
- 1:30:42SPEAKER_02: Taken.
- 1:30:42SPEAKER_02: Okay, we're gonna do the same thing.
- 1:30:44SPEAKER_02: Do it again.
- 1:30:45SPEAKER_02: Uh 30 to 25 to hit.
- 1:30:47SPEAKER_02: Hits.
- 1:30:48SPEAKER_02: And we are doing uh an additional 23 bludgeoning damage.
- 1:30:54SPEAKER_09: Taken.
- 1:30:55SPEAKER_02: Okay, uh that's my turn.
- 1:30:57SPEAKER_09: Miner, you're up.
- 1:30:58SPEAKER_09: You are restrained.
- 1:30:59SPEAKER_09: If you would like to, you can attempt to break the grapple.
- 1:31:03SPEAKER_09: Uh DC 15 strength to saving throw.
- 1:31:06SPEAKER_09: You have disadvantage on strength and saving throws strength checks and saving throws.
- 1:31:10SPEAKER_04: I have advantage on them as a raging barbarian, so I will do it as a flat roll.
- 1:31:14SPEAKER_04: Flat roll.
- 1:31:16SPEAKER_04: That is a 14 plus my uh it's a saving throw, sir, or uh or an athletic?
- 1:31:22SPEAKER_04: Saving throw.
- 1:31:22SPEAKER_09: It is a yeah, it's an escape DC 15 saving throw.
- 1:31:26SPEAKER_04: Oh, okay.
- 1:31:26SPEAKER_04: Well that's a fantastic thing, because my strength is plus nine on that.
- 1:31:29SPEAKER_09: Okay, so you are able to break away.
- 1:31:31SPEAKER_09: And I get us Nope, that's the end of your turn.
- 1:31:34SPEAKER_09: In order to break free of a grapple, that's your that's your action, right?
- 1:31:37SPEAKER_09: You can move.
- 1:31:37SPEAKER_04: Yes, exactly.
- 1:31:38SPEAKER_04: But you can't move.
- 1:31:40SPEAKER_04: Right! Yep.
- 1:31:41SPEAKER_04: Uh I have not had a short rest yet.
- 1:31:44unknown: Nope.
- 1:31:44SPEAKER_04: So I do not have action search back.
- 1:31:46SPEAKER_09: You do not.
- 1:31:47SPEAKER_04: So I can't, in desperation.
- 1:31:52SPEAKER_04: Pow.
- 1:31:55SPEAKER_09: Rolls, you're next.
- 1:31:56SPEAKER_09: Okay, sweet.
- 1:31:57SPEAKER_09: That's stupid.
- 1:31:58SPEAKER_14: Uh you have to shoot that same one that's shooting just for fun.
- 1:32:01SPEAKER_09: Uh nope.
- 1:32:01SPEAKER_09: No, that's on the other side of the cavern.
- 1:32:03SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
- 1:32:04SPEAKER_09: You would be shooting the two.
- 1:32:05SPEAKER_09: You would be shooting the two that are closest to you.
- 1:32:07SPEAKER_09: Oh, got it.
- 1:32:07SPEAKER_09: His echo is on the other side of the cavern, right?
- 1:32:09SPEAKER_09: Now it is?
- 1:32:10SPEAKER_09: Okay, cool.
- 1:32:10SPEAKER_09: It always was.
- 1:32:11SPEAKER_09: Oh, yeah, cool.
- 1:32:12SPEAKER_14: Yeah, I'm shooting the whatever's closest to me.
- 1:32:14SPEAKER_09: How close are they above me?
- 1:32:15SPEAKER_09: Just out of curiosity.
- 1:32:16SPEAKER_09: Uh so they're 45 feet up and they're about 70 feet away.
- 1:32:19SPEAKER_09: Okay, so they're not even close to being able to be yanked me at the tangle.
- 1:32:22SPEAKER_09: No, they gotta be within 50 feet of you.
- 1:32:24SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:32:25SPEAKER_14: Oh yeah.
- 1:32:26SPEAKER_14: Shoot, great weapon.
- 1:32:28SPEAKER_14: Go for it.
- 1:32:28SPEAKER_14: Where it is.
- 1:32:29SPEAKER_14: Uh so that's yeah, actually that'll hit.
- 1:32:32SPEAKER_14: That's 24.
- 1:32:33SPEAKER_14: 24 hits.
- 1:32:34SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 1:32:35SPEAKER_14: So I'm just not I'm not even wasting stuff on this because these things really aren't.
- 1:32:38SPEAKER_14: I don't think they're worth getting it for.
- 1:32:40SPEAKER_14: So that's plus 17, 19 damage for my first shot.
- 1:32:43SPEAKER_14: Yep, 19 damage.
- 1:32:45SPEAKER_14: I will not use the great Majiki on this one.
- 1:32:47SPEAKER_14: And I miss.
- 1:32:48SPEAKER_09: Okay, that's what I'll do.
- 1:32:49SPEAKER_09: Okay, sweet.
- 1:32:50SPEAKER_09: Alright.
- 1:32:50SPEAKER_09: Druken, do you want to do anything?
- 1:32:52SPEAKER_11: Yes, I'm gonna try.
- 1:32:53SPEAKER_11: Okay.
- 1:32:54SPEAKER_11: Is the one that he hit like I can find.
- 1:32:59SPEAKER_09: Yep, that's the closest one.
- 1:32:59SPEAKER_09: He hit the closest one he hit.
- 1:33:00SPEAKER_11: Okay, cool.
- 1:33:01SPEAKER_11: Well, I'm gonna try and tour the dead.
- 1:33:04SPEAKER_11: Okay.
- 1:33:04SPEAKER_11: I'm gonna have to roll a 19 to actually whatever.
- 1:33:07SPEAKER_11: Might as well.
- 1:33:08SPEAKER_11: I don't know.
- 1:33:09SPEAKER_11: They're not undead.
- 1:33:10SPEAKER_09: Doesn't matter.
- 1:33:11SPEAKER_09: Okay, no, but they're damaged.
- 1:33:12SPEAKER_09: Yep, they're dead.
- 1:33:13SPEAKER_09: They're damaged, yep, so you're good, yep.
- 1:33:14SPEAKER_09: D12 instead of a d8.
- 1:33:15SPEAKER_09: Yeah, there are two that are damaged.
- 1:33:17SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:33:17SPEAKER_09: 17, I miss.
- 1:33:18SPEAKER_09: You miss.
- 1:33:19SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:33:19SPEAKER_09: O Leander, you are grappled by two different ropers.
- 1:33:23SPEAKER_08: I will try and bite the now, one of the ones that are neither of the ones that are holding me are the ones that I bit before?
- 1:33:32unknown: No.
- 1:33:32SPEAKER_09: Or they're not.
- 1:33:34SPEAKER_09: No.
- 1:33:35SPEAKER_09: The one that but they don't take so when you destroy a tendril, you they don't take damage from that.
- 1:33:40SPEAKER_09: No, you're just killing a tendril.
- 1:33:42SPEAKER_09: You're just killing one of their tendrils.
- 1:33:44SPEAKER_08: Oh.
- 1:33:45SPEAKER_09: Yeah, it's unfortunate.
- 1:33:46SPEAKER_09: Okay, so that's right, it's written right there.
- 1:33:48SPEAKER_08: Okay, so like its source is up on ceiling.
- 1:33:52SPEAKER_09: No, they are the source, but when you kill their tendril, you don't do damage to them.
- 1:33:56SPEAKER_09: That's just the way the creature is written.
- 1:33:58SPEAKER_09: You just take out a tendril.
- 1:33:59SPEAKER_09: You're just taking out a tendril.
- 1:34:00SPEAKER_09: You gotta kill the rocky part.
- 1:34:02SPEAKER_08: That's okay, that's what I'm saying.
- 1:34:03SPEAKER_08: Like the source, the rocky part, the part that actually takes damage is on the ceiling.
- 1:34:07SPEAKER_09: Yes, correct.
- 1:34:09SPEAKER_08: Okay, I will try to Eldritch Blast, I guess.
- 1:34:13SPEAKER_07: Okay.
- 1:34:14SPEAKER_07: 20.
- 1:34:15SPEAKER_07: I succeed in my attempt to do the magic.
- 1:34:19SPEAKER_07: Okay.
- 1:34:20SPEAKER_07: Now do I hit three blasts.
- 1:34:24SPEAKER_07: Um.
- 1:34:26SPEAKER_07: I got a 20 on one of them.
- 1:34:28SPEAKER_09: So you get one of them hit.
- 1:34:29SPEAKER_07: I got um, hold on, what's my plus to hit again?
- 1:34:33SPEAKER_09: Like a twenty on like a crit?
- 1:34:34SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:34:35SPEAKER_07: I yeah, I got I got a natural twenty on one of them.
- 1:34:37SPEAKER_07: And then my uh Eldris Blast, okay.
- 1:34:41SPEAKER_07: I get a plus okay, so 25 on the second one.
- 1:34:45SPEAKER_07: Okay, but I only got an 11 on the third one.
- 1:34:47SPEAKER_09: So the 11 misses, are you spreading these two out?
- 1:34:50SPEAKER_07: No, I am to go for one of these Rocky dudes.
- 1:34:55SPEAKER_08: Okay, perfect.
- 1:34:56SPEAKER_07: Um roll that 20 again, yeah.
- 1:34:59SPEAKER_07: No.
- 1:35:00SPEAKER_07: Right.
- 1:35:01SPEAKER_07: Okay, uh, so I do casting through granddad.
- 1:35:07SPEAKER_07: 17 damage.
- 1:35:08SPEAKER_09: 17 damage is taken.
- 1:35:10SPEAKER_09: Times two.
- 1:35:11SPEAKER_09: Oh! Because you crit.
- 1:35:14SPEAKER_08: Oh shit.
- 1:35:14SPEAKER_08: One of them was uh That's 34.
- 1:35:18SPEAKER_08: But that was both blasts.
- 1:35:20SPEAKER_08: I forgot to separate them.
- 1:35:22SPEAKER_09: Well, let's just we'll half it then and give you half that twice.
- 1:35:25SPEAKER_08: Okay, so what was my number?
- 1:35:28SPEAKER_08: 17.
- 1:35:28SPEAKER_09: So we'll say 17 plus another eight.
- 1:35:31SPEAKER_08: Okay.
- 1:35:31SPEAKER_09: 25.
- 1:35:32SPEAKER_09: You like it?
- 1:35:32SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 1:35:33SPEAKER_09: Does that sound fair?
- 1:35:33SPEAKER_08: Yep, that sounds very fair.
- 1:35:34SPEAKER_08: And I apologize for already forgetting to double mind or pay attention to my roles.
- 1:35:39SPEAKER_09: Do not apologize.
- 1:35:40SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:35:41SPEAKER_09: Now we're going to the ropers' turns.
- 1:35:44SPEAKER_09: The one that you No, never mind.
- 1:35:47SPEAKER_08: Sorry, just clarification.
- 1:35:49SPEAKER_08: That was to the one that I had bitten before that I was trying to hit.
- 1:35:52SPEAKER_09: Yes, and you did you hit it.
- 1:35:53SPEAKER_09: Yep, so you've done damage too.
- 1:35:54SPEAKER_08: Just making sure I'm trying I'm hitting the right one that I've already damaged.
- 1:35:57SPEAKER_09: You have done it.
- 1:35:58SPEAKER_08: No, I didn't damage it.
- 1:35:59SPEAKER_08: I heard it's 10 tool.
- 1:36:01SPEAKER_09: Okay, uh, they're gonna move a little bit closer.
- 1:36:03SPEAKER_09: Um, and the two that are closest to you guys are now moving towards Einar and are gonna attempt to grapple him again.
- 1:36:11SPEAKER_09: Uh 18 plus 7 for the first one.
- 1:36:15SPEAKER_04: 18 plus 7, 25.
- 1:36:17SPEAKER_04: Alright.
- 1:36:19SPEAKER_04: So we're gonna add in six to my AC, so 19 plus six, 25.
- 1:36:26SPEAKER_04: So I hit you.
- 1:36:27SPEAKER_04: I can't add inspiration to this.
- 1:36:29SPEAKER_04: No, you cannot.
- 1:36:31SPEAKER_08: Do you have inspiration?
- 1:36:33SPEAKER_04: I do.
- 1:36:33SPEAKER_08: He has inspiration.
- 1:36:35SPEAKER_08: Uh you can roll it to your yeah, you can roll it to your no, it's not a safe.
- 1:36:39SPEAKER_08: Not your AC.
- 1:36:39SPEAKER_08: It's your AC.
- 1:36:40SPEAKER_08: It's his AC.
- 1:36:40SPEAKER_08: Yeah, sorry.
- 1:36:41SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:36:41SPEAKER_08: I'm thinking of safety.
- 1:36:43SPEAKER_09: And those are yeah.
- 1:36:44SPEAKER_09: Yeah, yeah, yeah.
- 1:36:46SPEAKER_09: So you're grasped, you're grappled again.
- 1:36:48SPEAKER_09: Uh and the second one is gonna attempt it as well.
- 1:36:52SPEAKER_09: 15 plus 7.
- 1:36:53SPEAKER_09: Do you want to try and roll again?
- 1:36:54SPEAKER_09: I can't, I only do it once.
- 1:36:55SPEAKER_09: Okay, so that one also.
- 1:36:56SPEAKER_09: So you're grappled now twice.
- 1:36:58SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:36:59SPEAKER_09: The next one is the one that has got you grappled.
- 1:37:03SPEAKER_09: And it is going to reel you in.
- 1:37:06unknown: Ooh.
- 1:37:06SPEAKER_09: So it is going to pull each creature grappled up to 25 feet straight towards it.
- 1:37:12SPEAKER_11: Unfortunately, that's not gonna work for you because she's tied to it.
- 1:37:15SPEAKER_09: Yeah, it does.
- 1:37:16SPEAKER_08: So, does that give a disadvantage to pulling me, or does that just offer?
- 1:37:19SPEAKER_09: There's no disadvantage.
- 1:37:20SPEAKER_09: This is an action.
- 1:37:21SPEAKER_09: It's not, I don't have to roll for it or nothing.
- 1:37:24SPEAKER_08: So both of us just go flying.
- 1:37:26SPEAKER_09: Nope.
- 1:37:27SPEAKER_08: Or does it break the rope?
- 1:37:29SPEAKER_09: That's what we're gonna do.
- 1:37:30SPEAKER_09: We're gonna roll for that.
- 1:37:31SPEAKER_09: The strength of the rope, and I have already looked this up, just let me double check it here.
- 1:37:41SPEAKER_06: Yeah.
- 1:37:42SPEAKER_09: Yeah, it is a DC 17th strength.
- 1:37:46SPEAKER_09: So it's got yeah, DC 17th.
- 1:37:49SPEAKER_09: It's just gonna, I'm just gonna do what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna do a tender attack, because all of the attacks of this thing are plus seven to hit.
- 1:37:55SPEAKER_09: So I'm just gonna add the attack to the strength check.
- 1:37:59SPEAKER_09: Okay, if it hits the 17, the rope breaks, you're now dangling in the air.
- 1:38:04SPEAKER_09: If it doesn't hit the 17, the rope holds, and Einar is gonna make a check on the wall to see if he can still hold the wall.
- 1:38:12SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:38:13SPEAKER_09: Does that sound fair?
- 1:38:14SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 1:38:14SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:38:15SPEAKER_09: First one.
- 1:38:18SPEAKER_09: 15.
- 1:38:18SPEAKER_09: The rope does not break.
- 1:38:20SPEAKER_09: Can you roll me a strength check, please?
- 1:38:21SPEAKER_09: Do I DC 15?
- 1:38:23SPEAKER_09: Alright.
- 1:38:24SPEAKER_09: And you have disadvantage on strength checks and strength saving throw, so it's a straight roll.
- 1:38:27SPEAKER_09: That's a straight roll.
- 1:38:28SPEAKER_09: That's what I'm saying.
- 1:38:29SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:38:29SPEAKER_09: Sunshine.
- 1:38:31SPEAKER_09: Plus it's a strength check.
- 1:38:33SPEAKER_09: Strength check.
- 1:38:34SPEAKER_09: Oh, it's up to you.
- 1:38:34SPEAKER_09: You can have a saving throw if you want.
- 1:38:36SPEAKER_09: No, sorry, it's a strength check because you're maintaining it.
- 1:38:39SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:38:40SPEAKER_09: DC what?
- 1:38:40SPEAKER_09: 15.
- 1:38:42SPEAKER_07: We both go fine.
- 1:38:43SPEAKER_09: You guys watch?
- 1:38:44SPEAKER_09: Wait, wait.
- 1:38:45SPEAKER_09: No.
- 1:38:46SPEAKER_09: You have inspiration?
- 1:38:46SPEAKER_09: I have inspiration.
- 1:38:47SPEAKER_09: You can use that.
- 1:38:48SPEAKER_09: I'll have to use plus two.
- 1:38:49SPEAKER_09: Use inspiration.
- 1:38:50SPEAKER_04: Wait a.
- 1:38:51SPEAKER_04: Yes.
- 1:38:51SPEAKER_04: Plus A to it.
- 1:38:52SPEAKER_04: Wait, wait.
- 1:38:52SPEAKER_09: Oh, okay.
- 1:38:53SPEAKER_09: Great.
- 1:38:53SPEAKER_09: Awesome.
- 1:38:55SPEAKER_09: Now the second one that has you is going to try and reel you in.
- 1:38:57SPEAKER_09: It's going to be the same check.
- 1:39:01SPEAKER_09: That is a natural 20.
- 1:39:02SPEAKER_09: Ah, god damn it.
- 1:39:04SPEAKER_07: Dang no.
- 1:39:06SPEAKER_09: So the rope is gonna and your watch is as oleander is ripped from your back and is now hanging in the air by about 20 feet as the roper is reeling her up into the center of where they all are.
- 1:39:23SPEAKER_08: Should we shoot the how far does that place me from the lip?
- 1:39:27SPEAKER_09: From the the lip where he is?
- 1:39:31SPEAKER_09: Oh, they're 70 feet back.
- 1:39:32SPEAKER_08: 70 feet back.
- 1:39:33SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:39:34SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:39:34SPEAKER_09: By the wall with me.
- 1:39:35SPEAKER_09: You're being dragged up.
- 1:39:37SPEAKER_08: But we were we you said we were 30 feet, so that's why we're trying to.
- 1:39:40SPEAKER_09: She's now 25 feet away from you.
- 1:39:41SPEAKER_09: Yeah, 25 feet up the wall.
- 1:39:43SPEAKER_09: Uh well, yeah, right about out into the wall, out into the area.
- 1:39:47SPEAKER_03: In the middle of the room.
- 1:39:48SPEAKER_09: Not middle, but like 25 feet away.
- 1:39:50SPEAKER_09: Right.
- 1:39:51SPEAKER_09: We'll just go with that.
- 1:39:52SPEAKER_09: And then uh that one's already gone.
- 1:39:55SPEAKER_09: That one's so that was that one.
- 1:39:57SPEAKER_09: That one's gone.
- 1:39:58SPEAKER_09: That's Ryan, Ryan.
- 1:39:59SPEAKER_09: Sorry, Irener, Einer, Early Under, Oliander, yeah.
- 1:40:02SPEAKER_09: And then you've got two more uh that are right by um your echo.
- 1:40:08SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:40:08SPEAKER_09: One of them is gonna attempt to grapple him, and it succeeds, but it just goes, doesn't do anything.
- 1:40:14SPEAKER_02: Because he's not really I think yeah, echoes are immune to all conditions.
- 1:40:19SPEAKER_09: And the one that your guys is attacking, though, is it's gonna try because it's close enough that you're doing a melee attack.
- 1:40:23SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:40:24SPEAKER_09: He's actually gonna try and bite him.
- 1:40:25SPEAKER_09: Oh.
- 1:40:26SPEAKER_09: So that's a 16 plus 7, which is 23 to hit.
- 1:40:29SPEAKER_09: Yeah, it hits.
- 1:40:30SPEAKER_09: Okay, it does 22 natural damage, which buffs him.
- 1:40:34SPEAKER_09: Alright, Delphine, you're up.
- 1:40:36SPEAKER_08: So she's dangling in the air.
- 1:40:38SPEAKER_08: She's a dangling! About 70 feet from me.
- 1:40:40SPEAKER_09: Uh 70 feet from you, yes.
- 1:40:42SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:40:43SPEAKER_09: This is gonna be good.
- 1:40:44SPEAKER_09: This is gonna be good.
- 1:40:46SPEAKER_01: No.
- 1:40:46SPEAKER_01: I am going to attempt to vortex warp her.
- 1:40:52SPEAKER_09: Oh.
- 1:40:53SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:40:53SPEAKER_09: That's the move.
- 1:40:55SPEAKER_08: Gonna yell so that you know what I'm trying to do.
- 1:40:58SPEAKER_08: Oleander to me.
- 1:41:02SPEAKER_08: Okay! If you can, if you can! Um let's try and get a spell off.
- 1:41:08SPEAKER_09: You got this.
- 1:41:09SPEAKER_09: You got this.
- 1:41:13unknown: Nope.
- 1:41:15SPEAKER_07: She rolled a damn three because she was trying to do something.
- 1:41:19SPEAKER_07: Because it was for you.
- 1:41:20SPEAKER_09: So that was you that did that.
- 1:41:25SPEAKER_08: Try it, honey.
- 1:41:26SPEAKER_08: I'm trying!
- 1:41:27SPEAKER_09: Anything else?
- 1:41:28SPEAKER_08: I'm going to have Miriam fly in the face of the one that is holding her dangling.
- 1:41:32SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:41:33SPEAKER_09: Attacks against it have advantage.
- 1:41:36SPEAKER_00: Already?
- 1:41:37SPEAKER_09: No.
- 1:41:37SPEAKER_09: Now from now on.
- 1:41:38SPEAKER_09: Because you did that.
- 1:41:39SPEAKER_08: Okay, yeah.
- 1:41:40SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:41:40SPEAKER_09: Drakshire up.
- 1:41:42SPEAKER_08: How hurt does it look?
- 1:41:43SPEAKER_08: Does it look much hurt at all?
- 1:41:45SPEAKER_09: The only one that looks hurt is the one that he was attacking.
- 1:41:47SPEAKER_09: When I did it, and you get one, but you didn't do a lot of damage.
- 1:41:50SPEAKER_08: And the one I had didn't it's it's still fine.
- 1:41:52SPEAKER_09: Uh you did more damage than uh roll did.
- 1:41:55SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:41:56SPEAKER_14: I forgot my 3v6.
- 1:41:57SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
- 1:41:58SPEAKER_14: Oops.
- 1:41:58SPEAKER_02: Uh okay, I guess I will pull out a javelin and throw it.
- 1:42:04SPEAKER_02: You could do that.
- 1:42:05SPEAKER_02: Uh how far is the one for her?
- 1:42:09SPEAKER_00: 70 feet.
- 1:42:10SPEAKER_02: Uh yeah, just over 70.
- 1:42:11SPEAKER_02: I'll put it at 80 because it's in the middle of the pack.
- 1:42:13SPEAKER_02: Speed score.
- 1:42:14SPEAKER_02: Well, no, I can throw it.
- 1:42:15SPEAKER_02: It's 30 or 120.
- 1:42:16SPEAKER_02: Yeah, do it.
- 1:42:17SPEAKER_09: Do it.
- 1:42:17SPEAKER_02: Okay, so 120 is at disadvantage.
- 1:42:19SPEAKER_09: So I'll be but it's a straight throw because Miriam is causing it to be distracted.
- 1:42:24SPEAKER_02: Right.
- 1:42:25SPEAKER_02: Okay, so I'm gonna throw it.
- 1:42:26SPEAKER_02: Alright, let's see what I get.
- 1:42:27SPEAKER_09: I got a 14.
- 1:42:29SPEAKER_09: I can't do it.
- 1:42:30SPEAKER_09: Unarmed strike to hit 19.
- 1:42:31SPEAKER_02: Okay, hold on a second.
- 1:42:32SPEAKER_02: I'm just gonna do that.
- 1:42:32SPEAKER_02: Okay, minus three, so 30 to hit.
- 1:42:35SPEAKER_02: 30 hits.
- 1:42:36SPEAKER_02: Okay, and then uh That was a disadvantage?
- 1:42:38SPEAKER_09: Oh no, that was straight roll.
- 1:42:39SPEAKER_02: It was a straight roll.
- 1:42:40SPEAKER_02: And then I got four plus seven.
- 1:42:44SPEAKER_02: So 11 damage.
- 1:42:46SPEAKER_02: Taken.
- 1:42:48SPEAKER_02: Okay, and uh you're gonna throw it on.
- 1:42:52SPEAKER_02: Pretty much my uh I can yeah, I can try one more.
- 1:42:54SPEAKER_10: Do it.
- 1:42:55SPEAKER_02: Does it um did it do anything when I hit it to like cause her to let go or anything?
- 1:43:00SPEAKER_09: Nope.
- 1:43:00SPEAKER_02: Okay, alright, we'll do one more attack.
- 1:43:02SPEAKER_09: It's the tendril that you're looking for.
- 1:43:03SPEAKER_09: So here's my question.
- 1:43:04SPEAKER_08: Do we want it to let go?
- 1:43:06SPEAKER_08: That's kind of what I'm wondering.
- 1:43:08SPEAKER_14: Another person.
- 1:43:10SPEAKER_14: I don't know if that's the right answer.
- 1:43:12SPEAKER_14: I mean, not yet.
- 1:43:14SPEAKER_02: 13 damage again.
- 1:43:15SPEAKER_09: 13 taken.
- 1:43:16SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:43:17SPEAKER_09: Einer, you're up.
- 1:43:18SPEAKER_04: I'm gonna adjust my inventory.
- 1:43:20SPEAKER_04: So she's about 25 feet away from me, and there's a tendril.
- 1:43:24SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 1:43:24SPEAKER_09: You got one tendril, yeah.
- 1:43:26SPEAKER_09: He's got two.
- 1:43:27SPEAKER_04: I thought I had two.
- 1:43:28SPEAKER_09: You did, but he also on his last ball.
- 1:43:30SPEAKER_04: I'm going to try to something ridiculous.
- 1:43:32SPEAKER_04: I'm gonna try to misty step.
- 1:43:35SPEAKER_09: How close is she to the roof now?
- 1:43:37SPEAKER_09: 25 feet up, you were 35 feet down, she's about 10 feet away.
- 1:43:40SPEAKER_09: 10 feet away from the roof, right?
- 1:43:42SPEAKER_04: So I'm aiming at the base of that tendril to hold on there.
- 1:43:49SPEAKER_04: I'm going to attempt to misty step.
- 1:43:52SPEAKER_04: Roll it.
- 1:43:53SPEAKER_04: To get there to see if I can try to break her free.
- 1:43:57SPEAKER_04: Go for it.
- 1:44:00SPEAKER_04: Oh, I do not manage to misty step.
- 1:44:03SPEAKER_04: Alright, I guess I'll just do my action to try to break the misty step is a bonus action for you?
- 1:44:09SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:44:10SPEAKER_04: I do not manage to break the grapple.
- 1:44:12SPEAKER_09: Okay, you are still restrained.
- 1:44:14SPEAKER_14: Natural one.
- 1:44:15SPEAKER_14: Yep.
- 1:44:16SPEAKER_14: On both days.
- 1:44:17SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 1:44:17SPEAKER_09: Wow.
- 1:44:19SPEAKER_09: Both checks.
- 1:44:20SPEAKER_09: So you're up.
- 1:44:21SPEAKER_09: You're a lot quicker to say when you crit.
- 1:44:25SPEAKER_04: Well, you know, it's not a critical fail, so I didn't think there was a couple of things.
- 1:44:28SPEAKER_04: It is not a critical fail.
- 1:44:30SPEAKER_04: It's not a critical fail.
- 1:44:31SPEAKER_04: Well, it doesn't matter on this.
- 1:44:32SPEAKER_04: It's not a critical fail.
- 1:44:34SPEAKER_04: It doesn't matter on either of those.
- 1:44:35SPEAKER_04: Rolls, you're up.
- 1:44:36SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 1:44:37SPEAKER_14: Alright, well.
- 1:44:37SPEAKER_14: Get them out of the way.
- 1:44:38SPEAKER_14: I don't really know if I want to shoot the one that's holding uh uh Oliander.
- 1:44:43SPEAKER_09: Might I make a suggestion?
- 1:44:45SPEAKER_09: You noticed that when she bit the tendril, the tendril was a lot easier to break than to kill the actual monster.
- 1:44:52SPEAKER_14: I get it.
- 1:44:53SPEAKER_14: Do I really want her to drop into the pit?
- 1:44:55SPEAKER_09: I really want you to do it.
- 1:44:57SPEAKER_09: Yeah, exactly.
- 1:44:59SPEAKER_00: Is it a pit right below her?
- 1:45:01SPEAKER_00: No, she's this thing.
- 1:45:02SPEAKER_00: Oh no.
- 1:45:02SPEAKER_14: You don't know.
- 1:45:03SPEAKER_14: It's the ground.
- 1:45:04SPEAKER_14: Oh, I never thought about that.
- 1:45:05SPEAKER_14: Well, but I remember we threw a rock and it like literally went through.
- 1:45:10SPEAKER_05: We can logically assume that when I fall, I will hit the ground and it will crumble, and then I will continue to fall.
- 1:45:15SPEAKER_09: That's what I was thinking.
- 1:45:16SPEAKER_09: When you hit the ground, it will crumble and you will get a chance to save.
- 1:45:22SPEAKER_09: Just like everybody else did when they landed on the ground.
- 1:45:25SPEAKER_14: There was a chance?
- 1:45:26SPEAKER_09: Yeah?
- 1:45:27SPEAKER_09: Minor saved.
- 1:45:29SPEAKER_08: Can I make a charisma save?
- 1:45:31SPEAKER_08: No.
- 1:45:31SPEAKER_08: This whole floor might not be.
- 1:45:34SPEAKER_09: It's not like the floor's like part.
- 1:45:36SPEAKER_09: Oh, whoa, whoa.
- 1:45:37SPEAKER_09: She's way too good looking plummeted to reduce it.
- 1:45:42SPEAKER_04: Because I fell on it.
- 1:45:43SPEAKER_04: A rock fell on it that broke it through.
- 1:45:45SPEAKER_04: That's a lot more force than just stepping across it.
- 1:45:47SPEAKER_07: Delphine gently got it.
- 1:45:49SPEAKER_09: And it's still you didn't even walk on it.
- 1:45:50SPEAKER_09: You went around the edge to get a better look.
- 1:45:52SPEAKER_09: You didn't put foot on it.
- 1:45:53SPEAKER_14: Oh god it.
- 1:45:53SPEAKER_14: Well, sure.
- 1:45:54SPEAKER_14: I don't think I want to kill the tendril, do I?
- 1:45:56SPEAKER_00: Attack this.
- 1:45:58SPEAKER_14: Sure.
- 1:45:58SPEAKER_14: I'll attack the one.
- 1:45:59SPEAKER_14: I'll tap one of the ones that's holding it.
- 1:46:00SPEAKER_09: Thank you.
- 1:46:00SPEAKER_09: The tendril?
- 1:46:01SPEAKER_09: Yes, the tendrils.
- 1:46:02SPEAKER_09: Oh, the tendril?
- 1:46:03SPEAKER_09: Well, you can do either or.
- 1:46:04SPEAKER_09: Yeah, okay, let's do a regular.
- 1:46:05SPEAKER_09: It's the same AC.
- 1:46:06SPEAKER_09: But he said that the tendrils don't affect the overall hip points of the damage the tendrils don't the killing the tendrils and do any damage to it.
- 1:46:20SPEAKER_09: It will.
- 1:46:20SPEAKER_14: Free me!
- 1:46:21SPEAKER_09: The tendrils only one?
- 1:46:23SPEAKER_09: The tendrils have significantly less hip points, but higher AC than the actual rooper because they're small.
- 1:46:29SPEAKER_09: Make sense?
- 1:46:30SPEAKER_09: Come on.
- 1:46:30SPEAKER_14: It's like sneak attack.
- 1:46:32SPEAKER_14: It's like the old school cult shop.
- 1:46:34SPEAKER_14: Okay, anyways, this is still.
- 1:46:36SPEAKER_14: You got this.
- 1:46:36SPEAKER_14: You got this.
- 1:46:37SPEAKER_14: I won't even do the minus five at some point.
- 1:46:39SPEAKER_14: It's a crit.
- 1:46:40SPEAKER_09: It's a crit.
- 1:46:41SPEAKER_09: Perfect.
- 1:46:41SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:46:42SPEAKER_09: So roll it again.
- 1:46:44SPEAKER_09: Rolled it again.
- 1:46:46SPEAKER_09: What's your natural matter?
- 1:46:48SPEAKER_09: This thing's five.
- 1:46:48SPEAKER_09: It's 10 HP.
- 1:46:50SPEAKER_09: Oh, that's it?
- 1:46:51SPEAKER_09: On the tangible.
- 1:46:51SPEAKER_09: 10.
- 1:46:52SPEAKER_14: This is my base.
- 1:46:53SPEAKER_14: Yes, and I haven't even rolled anything.
- 1:46:55SPEAKER_14: So you kill it.
- 1:46:56SPEAKER_14: Before I double it.
- 1:46:57SPEAKER_09: Yeah, you kill it.
- 1:46:58SPEAKER_09: Doesn't matter.
- 1:46:58SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:46:59SPEAKER_14: I sliced through that tangle.
- 1:47:00SPEAKER_09: One of them is gone.
- 1:47:01SPEAKER_09: There's still one attached to I'll shoot the other one too with the hell.
- 1:47:05SPEAKER_09: Go for it.
- 1:47:06SPEAKER_09: I missed.
- 1:47:07SPEAKER_09: That is a mess.
- 1:47:08SPEAKER_09: Do you want to do anything else?
- 1:47:09SPEAKER_14: Uh I don't know are they any closer than me?
- 1:47:11SPEAKER_14: Do I need to move away so I don't get yanked?
- 1:47:13SPEAKER_09: No, you're not.
- 1:47:14SPEAKER_09: Yeah, they're not coming after you.
- 1:47:15SPEAKER_14: You got one of them off me, so well.
- 1:47:16SPEAKER_09: Yeah, that's right.
- 1:47:17SPEAKER_09: Sorry.
- 1:47:18SPEAKER_09: That's good.
- 1:47:18SPEAKER_09: No, it means I have a chance to.
- 1:47:19SPEAKER_11: Drook, you're up.
- 1:47:20SPEAKER_11: Well, I guess uh since he I guess is he closer to 60 feet than when that's holding him from us?
- 1:47:27unknown: Or no?
- 1:47:28SPEAKER_11: No, no.
- 1:47:30SPEAKER_11: Okay, well, I guess I'll just attack the closest one to me.
- 1:47:33SPEAKER_11: I'll try again.
- 1:47:34SPEAKER_11: Go for it.
- 1:47:36SPEAKER_11: And I fail.
- 1:47:36SPEAKER_11: Okay.
- 1:47:37SPEAKER_11: I got a hit.
- 1:47:38SPEAKER_09: Oleander.
- 1:47:39SPEAKER_09: You are up.
- 1:47:40SPEAKER_09: You can attempt to break this grapple if you want.
- 1:47:44SPEAKER_07: I don't.
- 1:47:45unknown: Okay.
- 1:47:46SPEAKER_08: I don't want to attempt to break this.
- 1:47:48SPEAKER_09: You are just the most evil evil DL ever.
- 1:47:50SPEAKER_08: However, I am going to s oof.
- 1:47:55SPEAKER_08: There's a fuck off.
- 1:47:59SPEAKER_08: Hmm.
- 1:48:01SPEAKER_07: It's really slimy.
- 1:48:03SPEAKER_08: Because I don't think that bothers her.
- 1:48:04SPEAKER_08: That sliminess doesn't bother me.
- 1:48:06SPEAKER_08: I bothered it.
- 1:48:08SPEAKER_08: I am totally okay with these uh, you know, slick little things grabbing me.
- 1:48:14SPEAKER_08: Delphine would be having some PTSD.
- 1:48:16SPEAKER_08: Yeah, she really wants to be too.
- 1:48:20SPEAKER_08: Okay, the there is a roper that is closer to the lip of my friends.
- 1:48:26SPEAKER_08: Yep.
- 1:48:27SPEAKER_07: And I will see if I can alder it.
- 1:48:31SPEAKER_07: Well, first I will see if I can.
- 1:48:33SPEAKER_07: Magic.
- 1:48:36SPEAKER_07: No.
- 1:48:37unknown: Bummer.
- 1:48:38SPEAKER_08: So I am uh I'm just going to yell to everybody or call to everybody at a not insane volume, but that they can hear.
- 1:48:49SPEAKER_08: Hit the base, not the not the tentacles.
- 1:48:53SPEAKER_08: But not mine.
- 1:48:55SPEAKER_09: Alright.
- 1:48:56SPEAKER_09: Top of the round.
- 1:48:57SPEAKER_09: Uh.
- 1:48:58SPEAKER_09: Not top of the morning.
- 1:48:59SPEAKER_09: No, sorry, not top of the round.
- 1:49:00SPEAKER_09: The top of the ropers' turns.
- 1:49:02SPEAKER_09: We're going to have the one that was fighting with Drax is going to attempt to grapple Einar again.
- 1:49:11SPEAKER_09: That's a miss.
- 1:49:14SPEAKER_09: Next one.
- 1:49:15SPEAKER_09: Disadvan.
- 1:49:16SPEAKER_09: Oh.
- 1:49:16SPEAKER_09: Nope.
- 1:49:17SPEAKER_09: I haven't taken damage.
- 1:49:18SPEAKER_09: You have taken damage.
- 1:49:19SPEAKER_09: Yes, yes.
- 1:49:20SPEAKER_09: I've been hit.
- 1:49:21SPEAKER_09: You've been hit.
- 1:49:22SPEAKER_14: Oh, the entire combo.
- 1:49:23SPEAKER_14: We've been kind of counting the each round.
- 1:49:25SPEAKER_14: It's after the trapper resets.
- 1:49:26SPEAKER_09: Yeah, it resets.
- 1:49:27SPEAKER_09: So yeah, it would be a disaster.
- 1:49:29SPEAKER_09: It's a disadvantage again.
- 1:49:30SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
- 1:49:30SPEAKER_09: It is.
- 1:49:31SPEAKER_09: Because you haven't taken damage in the skin reset.
- 1:49:33SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:49:33SPEAKER_09: So you're good.
- 1:49:34SPEAKER_09: Yeah, you're good.
- 1:49:35SPEAKER_09: Uh so that's a seven plus seven is fourteen.
- 1:49:37SPEAKER_09: That's a miss.
- 1:49:38SPEAKER_09: Alright.
- 1:49:38SPEAKER_09: Now the one that has got Oleander grappled is now gonna bring her up to him and is going to bite you.
- 1:49:49SPEAKER_09: Uh 14 to hit probably doesn't hit.
- 1:49:51SPEAKER_09: Nice.
- 1:49:51SPEAKER_08: Yeah, it does.
- 1:49:52SPEAKER_09: Does that hit?
- 1:49:52SPEAKER_09: Oh really?
- 1:49:54SPEAKER_09: 14 hits.
- 1:49:54SPEAKER_08: This is normal, Molly.
- 1:49:56SPEAKER_08: Um now just out of out of spite.
- 1:50:00SPEAKER_08: I will see if I can tell it's rebuke.
- 1:50:03SPEAKER_09: 13.
- 1:50:04SPEAKER_08: But I don't.
- 1:50:05SPEAKER_09: 15, 19 points of piercing damage, please.
- 1:50:07SPEAKER_08: So instead, I sternly finger waggle at it and say, don't bite me, I'll bite you back.
- 1:50:14SPEAKER_08: You said 19?
- 1:50:15SPEAKER_09: Uh yes, please.
- 1:50:16SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:50:17SPEAKER_00: Don't you put it in your mouth.
- 1:50:18SPEAKER_00: Don't put it in your mouth.
- 1:50:20SPEAKER_00: Don't stop it.
- 1:50:21SPEAKER_00: Ooh, now that it's got your.
- 1:50:24SPEAKER_09: Um it attempted again to grapple iron or the other one, the next one, and it missed.
- 1:50:29SPEAKER_09: And then the one that was you were attacking is gonna move closer again.
- 1:50:34SPEAKER_09: It's currently was a little bit out of range, but it's moving closer and is again gonna attempt to grapple iron her.
- 1:50:40SPEAKER_09: And uh that is also another miss.
- 1:50:42SPEAKER_09: Delphine, you're up.
- 1:50:44SPEAKER_09: I love you, bro.
- 1:50:45SPEAKER_04: The cloak you gave me is saving my fat.
- 1:50:47SPEAKER_00: Okay.
- 1:50:48SPEAKER_04: Like so bad.
- 1:50:50SPEAKER_08: Alright.
- 1:50:51SPEAKER_08: Miriam's gonna go fly in the face of one of the ones that has Einar.
- 1:50:55SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 1:50:55SPEAKER_08: And I'm going to try.
- 1:50:56SPEAKER_09: Yeah, it's only one.
- 1:50:57SPEAKER_09: Only one right now.
- 1:50:58SPEAKER_08: Oh, okay.
- 1:50:58SPEAKER_08: The one that has Ionar then.
- 1:51:00SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:51:00SPEAKER_08: I'm going to try again to Vortex warp her.
- 1:51:05SPEAKER_00: Do it.
- 1:51:06SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna need a nap after this, you guys.
- 1:51:09SPEAKER_08: I'll snuggle you and sing you to sleep.
- 1:51:13SPEAKER_11: You've got ink on your she won't touch.
- 1:51:16SPEAKER_08: If she's sleeping, she won't notice.
- 1:51:19SPEAKER_08: Miriam will.
- 1:51:20SPEAKER_08: Wake me up.
- 1:51:22SPEAKER_08: Wake me up.
- 1:51:23SPEAKER_08: Before you snuggle me.
- 1:51:26SPEAKER_08: No, I don't get the spell off.
- 1:51:30SPEAKER_09: Anything else?
- 1:51:31SPEAKER_08: Nothing else I can do.
- 1:51:34SPEAKER_01: I don't want to go further into the room.
- 1:51:44SPEAKER_09: Okay, listeners, this is one of those moments where you might want to play the best to see who survives.
- 1:51:48SPEAKER_09: We'll be right back.
- 1:51:52SPEAKER_05: Thank you for joining us in May Grandfather Gaidu.
- 1:51:57SPEAKER_09: Welcome back, everyone.
- 1:51:58SPEAKER_09: If you made a guess, now's the moment to find out how wrong you actually were.
- 1:52:08SPEAKER_02: Alright, Drax is gonna try to bring his echo into being.
- 1:52:16SPEAKER_02: You got it.
- 1:52:20SPEAKER_08: Is it Mr.
- 1:52:21SPEAKER_10: Drax?
- 1:52:21SPEAKER_08: No, it's oh, I miss Mr.
- 1:52:24SPEAKER_08: Drax.
- 1:52:24SPEAKER_02: Do I want to bring him into certain deaths?
- 1:52:27SPEAKER_09: He's gonna point.
- 1:52:28SPEAKER_09: He's gonna point.
- 1:52:29SPEAKER_01: When are you ever gonna bring him out then?
- 1:52:31SPEAKER_09: When I am mentally and emotionally stable.
- 1:52:34SPEAKER_09: It's essentially the same thing, but he's got more human qualities.
- 1:52:39SPEAKER_09: Right.
- 1:52:44SPEAKER_12: I don't know.
- 1:52:45SPEAKER_10: She might be feeling awfully lonely.
- 1:52:47SPEAKER_02: Okay, so um, is there a one of these guys within effectively 60 feet of me?
- 1:52:53SPEAKER_02: No.
- 1:52:54SPEAKER_02: Okay, then I'm going to pull out the another javelin, one of my three that are remaining, and I'm going to attack it at the one wherever the bird was.
- 1:53:06SPEAKER_00: The bird was attack was distracting the one that was grappling Einar.
- 1:53:10SPEAKER_02: Okay, then I'm going to send it at that one.
- 1:53:11SPEAKER_02: Okay, that's a straight roll.
- 1:53:13SPEAKER_02: Straight roll.
- 1:53:14SPEAKER_02: Okay, so this would be this.
- 1:53:15SPEAKER_02: Minus three is 19.
- 1:53:18SPEAKER_02: Miss.
- 1:53:19SPEAKER_02: Ow, ouch.
- 1:53:20SPEAKER_02: Okay, and then I will do it again.
- 1:53:25SPEAKER_02: Minus three, twenty-four.
- 1:53:27SPEAKER_02: That hits.
- 1:53:27SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 1:53:28SPEAKER_02: Alright, and we deal an extra 11 damage to it.
- 1:53:33SPEAKER_02: Taken.
- 1:53:34SPEAKER_02: Okay, that is my turn.
- 1:53:36SPEAKER_09: Finary, you're up.
- 1:53:37SPEAKER_09: Rolled your following on this one.
- 1:53:39SPEAKER_04: I am doing exactly what we did before.
- 1:53:40SPEAKER_04: I've grappled by currently only one, I believe it was.
- 1:53:42SPEAKER_04: Or only grappled by one.
- 1:53:45SPEAKER_04: It's a straight roll because I have a disadvantage on strength.
- 1:53:48SPEAKER_09: Or you could just kill it.
- 1:53:50SPEAKER_09: You have a disadvantage.
- 1:53:51SPEAKER_09: Are you no longer raging though?
- 1:53:54SPEAKER_09: Right?
- 1:53:55SPEAKER_04: Yeah, okay, if you haven't hit me again.
- 1:53:57SPEAKER_09: I have not.
- 1:53:57SPEAKER_09: More importantly.
- 1:53:58SPEAKER_09: I miss you on every turn, but.
- 1:54:00SPEAKER_04: Dexterity is allowed to be used during escape or not?
- 1:54:02SPEAKER_04: Strength.
- 1:54:03SPEAKER_04: Strength check.
- 1:54:03SPEAKER_09: Because it's a strength check.
- 1:54:04SPEAKER_09: Can't you just cut it?
- 1:54:06SPEAKER_09: You can attack it.
- 1:54:08SPEAKER_14: We know they aren't that strong.
- 1:54:09SPEAKER_14: Might as well.
- 1:54:10SPEAKER_14: I don't know what's a better chance.
- 1:54:12SPEAKER_14: You could recklessly attack it.
- 1:54:14SPEAKER_14: You know what?
- 1:54:15SPEAKER_09: Well that's a good thing.
- 1:54:16SPEAKER_09: I would love that.
- 1:54:18SPEAKER_09: I would love that.
- 1:54:19SPEAKER_09: That would negate the clothes.
- 1:54:20SPEAKER_04: This is giving me such a huge thing.
- 1:54:24SPEAKER_09: I would recklessly attack it as a better chance.
- 1:54:27SPEAKER_04: I'm gonna just uh take some swings at it to break free.
- 1:54:32SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 1:54:34SPEAKER_04: First swing does not hit, I believe.
- 1:54:36SPEAKER_04: What was the number?
- 1:54:39SPEAKER_04: 12 does not hit.
- 1:54:40SPEAKER_04: 12 does not hit.
- 1:54:43SPEAKER_04: What about a 20?
- 1:54:45SPEAKER_09: 20 does not hit the tendril.
- 1:54:47SPEAKER_04: Oh, really?
- 1:54:48SPEAKER_04: Tendril, yeah.
- 1:54:49SPEAKER_09: Slightly higher.
- 1:54:50SPEAKER_04: That would be uh Einar's turn then.
- 1:54:52SPEAKER_04: Can't really do much.
- 1:54:53SPEAKER_04: I'm mobilized.
- 1:54:54SPEAKER_04: I've done my bonus.
- 1:54:55SPEAKER_04: I haven't done a bonus action, have I?
- 1:54:57SPEAKER_09: You have not done a bonus action.
- 1:54:59SPEAKER_09: Would you like to try and hide?
- 1:55:02SPEAKER_09: Had I?
- 1:55:02SPEAKER_09: That's a bad joke.
- 1:55:04SPEAKER_04: No, I can hide in the tendril so other ones don't see me.
- 1:55:07SPEAKER_09: I mean, you could try.
- 1:55:10SPEAKER_01: Really?
- 1:55:10SPEAKER_04: I mean Shut up! He's allowed to do the Because he's a rogue.
- 1:55:14SPEAKER_04: Anyways, yeah, no, I think that's why you're not gonna be able to do that.
- 1:55:17SPEAKER_14: I'm not even bothering my bonus right next to her.
- 1:55:18SPEAKER_14: I have advantage we shoot at the one that Miriam's annoying.
- 1:55:21SPEAKER_08: Miriam is annoying.
- 1:55:22SPEAKER_14: Yeah, it's an advantage.
- 1:55:23SPEAKER_14: All the advantage here on this bad boy then.
- 1:55:25SPEAKER_09: You going against the tendril or are you going against the guy?
- 1:55:28SPEAKER_14: Definitely against him.
- 1:55:29SPEAKER_09: I guess the baggage?
- 1:55:30SPEAKER_14: Oh, the body, dude.
- 1:55:31SPEAKER_09: The body, yeah, you got him.
- 1:55:32SPEAKER_09: Yeah, I created it.
- 1:55:33SPEAKER_09: You got him.
- 1:55:33SPEAKER_09: And that was put the plus ten down.
- 1:55:35SPEAKER_09: If you had said the tendril, that would have hit the tendril, but whatever.
- 1:55:37SPEAKER_09: I didn't want to hit the tendril.
- 1:55:40SPEAKER_09: Oh, you're going after uh uh Old Leanders.
- 1:55:42SPEAKER_09: No.
- 1:55:43SPEAKER_07: No, but he wants the one that's gonna be.
- 1:55:46SPEAKER_09: I'm trying to kill the freaking thing.
- 1:55:47SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
- 1:55:48SPEAKER_09: That's holding who?
- 1:55:49SPEAKER_09: Me.
- 1:55:49SPEAKER_09: Einar.
- 1:55:50SPEAKER_09: Einar.
- 1:55:50SPEAKER_09: Okay, thank you.
- 1:55:51SPEAKER_09: Sorry.
- 1:55:51SPEAKER_14: Ever one Miriam is that.
- 1:55:54SPEAKER_14: Miriam.
- 1:55:55SPEAKER_09: That's the one that is, yeah, with Einar.
- 1:55:56SPEAKER_09: Okay, good call.
- 1:55:57SPEAKER_09: Go ahead and get me free.
- 1:55:58SPEAKER_09: Because that makes sense.
- 1:55:58SPEAKER_14: Because I'm stuck to the doubling this and having a lot.
- 1:56:02SPEAKER_14: 52 plus a D8.
- 1:56:04SPEAKER_14: 58 plus 17.
- 1:56:07SPEAKER_14: Uh 75.
- 1:56:09SPEAKER_14: Holy shit.
- 1:56:10SPEAKER_05: It would be nice if you could actually do some damage.
- 1:56:13SPEAKER_09: Sorry.
- 1:56:15SPEAKER_09: You kill it.
- 1:56:17SPEAKER_09: It is dead.
- 1:56:19SPEAKER_09: It goes straight through, right through the eyeball, and it pushes the eyeball through the back of the body and sticks the arrow to the ceiling with the eyeball in the middle of the shaft, and it just goes down to the feather.
- 1:56:36SPEAKER_08: Does it fall?
- 1:56:37SPEAKER_09: That's my question.
- 1:56:40SPEAKER_09: It does.
- 1:56:41SPEAKER_08: Damn it!
- 1:56:42SPEAKER_09: Sorry.
- 1:56:42SPEAKER_08: But that arrow is thoroughly embedded into the ceiling.
- 1:56:46SPEAKER_09: No, it went right through it.
- 1:56:48SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:56:48SPEAKER_09: But it does fall.
- 1:56:49SPEAKER_09: Hold on.
- 1:56:50SPEAKER_09: It does fall.
- 1:56:51SPEAKER_09: However, it releases its grip first.
- 1:56:53SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:56:55SPEAKER_14: She could stay pretty much in its mouth.
- 1:56:58SPEAKER_08: She's not the one you're doing.
- 1:56:59SPEAKER_08: He's testing.
- 1:57:00SPEAKER_14: He's testing from I'm saying next time.
- 1:57:03SPEAKER_08: I see what he's saying.
- 1:57:05SPEAKER_09: I get it.
- 1:57:07SPEAKER_09: That was the test subject.
- 1:57:08SPEAKER_09: That was a good job.
- 1:57:09SPEAKER_09: That was a good job.
- 1:57:13SPEAKER_09: It hits the ground and the floor gives way.
- 1:57:16SPEAKER_08: Okay.
- 1:57:17SPEAKER_08: And then it goes through.
- 1:57:18SPEAKER_14: Yep.
- 1:57:18SPEAKER_14: Alright, well, I'm steady aiming this now.
- 1:57:21SPEAKER_14: And then taking my second shot.
- 1:57:23SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 1:57:23SPEAKER_14: So.
- 1:57:24SPEAKER_14: Do I even want to shoot the one holding Oleander?
- 1:57:27SPEAKER_14: Yes.
- 1:57:28SPEAKER_14: Yes.
- 1:57:28SPEAKER_14: Just shoot any.
- 1:57:29SPEAKER_14: Alright, you've said yes, so I'm going to do it.
- 1:57:34SPEAKER_14: I hope you get a crit.
- 1:57:36SPEAKER_14: Uh it is not a crit.
- 1:57:38SPEAKER_14: It is a 23.
- 1:57:40SPEAKER_09: 23 does hit.
- 1:57:41SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 1:57:42SPEAKER_14: So then that's gonna be no sneak attack, unfortunately.
- 1:57:45SPEAKER_14: No attack of sneakiness.
- 1:57:47SPEAKER_14: I don't know if I'm gonna sure I'll add a D8, I guess.
- 1:57:50SPEAKER_14: Why not?
- 1:57:52SPEAKER_14: So 13 and 17, that's 30.
- 1:57:55SPEAKER_09: Okay, taken.
- 1:57:56SPEAKER_14: And it doesn't need to be.
- 1:57:57SPEAKER_14: And it hit Oh, a wisdom 18 DC thing, or else it's a disadvantage of shooting anyone attacking anyone but me.
- 1:58:03SPEAKER_14: Okay, it it doesn't need it.
- 1:58:05SPEAKER_14: Oh, it's already got its uh right, it's already holding on to it.
- 1:58:08SPEAKER_14: It's already holding out.
- 1:58:08SPEAKER_14: Uh no, but if it bites, it's gonna be a disadvantage.
- 1:58:10SPEAKER_09: Oh, okay.
- 1:58:11SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 1:58:11SPEAKER_09: Yeah, I'm not as well.
- 1:58:12SPEAKER_09: So that's all that matters.
- 1:58:13SPEAKER_09: Do you see s wisdom?
- 1:58:14SPEAKER_09: Yeah, 18.
- 1:58:15SPEAKER_09: Well, it's actually pretty good.
- 1:58:16SPEAKER_09: It's plus three to wisdom.
- 1:58:17SPEAKER_09: Oh wow.
- 1:58:19SPEAKER_09: It doesn't matter.
- 1:58:19SPEAKER_09: A four plus three is still not gonna be.
- 1:58:21SPEAKER_12: So at least there's disadvantage now.
- 1:58:22SPEAKER_09: At least it has disadvantage.
- 1:58:24SPEAKER_09: That's correct.
- 1:58:24SPEAKER_09: You nailed it.
- 1:58:25SPEAKER_09: Oleander, it is your turn.
- 1:58:27SPEAKER_08: Oleander is um going to clutter crossbow and try and not shoot the one that's holding her, but another one.
- 1:58:41unknown: Okay.
- 1:58:41SPEAKER_09: Yep, they're all around you.
- 1:58:43SPEAKER_09: And one that's damaged or not?
- 1:58:45SPEAKER_07: One that is damaged.
- 1:58:47SPEAKER_09: Okay, well, that one is a little further away, but it's still within your range.
- 1:58:50SPEAKER_07: Okay, 15.
- 1:58:53SPEAKER_09: No.
- 1:58:53SPEAKER_09: That does not hit.
- 1:58:54SPEAKER_08: No.
- 1:58:55SPEAKER_08: Alright.
- 1:58:56SPEAKER_08: Um, now, is poison a bonus action?
- 1:58:59SPEAKER_09: Is poison a bonus action?
- 1:59:01SPEAKER_08: Yeah, can I?
- 1:59:02SPEAKER_07: I've got a whole lot of poisons in my pouch.
- 1:59:05SPEAKER_07: In fact, I've got a six-pack of vials that one magically will uh rotate and say that it's not poisoned, but I haven't identified any of them.
- 1:59:15SPEAKER_08: Oh, from the veiled market.
- 1:59:16SPEAKER_03: Oh.
- 1:59:18SPEAKER_08: I have mystery poisons that I would love to dip an arrow to pour on an arrow.
- 1:59:26SPEAKER_08: You can feed the word for my next attack.
- 1:59:29SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 1:59:30SPEAKER_09: I will allow that.
- 1:59:32SPEAKER_08: Alright, I use I I I intentionally do not grab the one that says I'm not poisoned.
- 1:59:38SPEAKER_08: I don't know what any of them are.
- 1:59:39SPEAKER_08: I just grab the closest one, dump it onto my next arrow.
- 1:59:44SPEAKER_08: It's like my next arrow.
- 1:59:45SPEAKER_08: It's a doll that says I'm not haunted.
- 1:59:46SPEAKER_08: That's a haunted doll.
- 1:59:47SPEAKER_08: That's a haunted doll.
- 1:59:48SPEAKER_09: Done deal.
- 1:59:49SPEAKER_09: Okay, uh, they are going to have a round.
- 1:59:53SPEAKER_09: Einar, it's still disadvantaged against you.
- 1:59:58SPEAKER_09: Uh 17 to hit.
- 2:00:02SPEAKER_09: Uh that one's dead.
- 2:00:04SPEAKER_09: And that one's got oleander, so it is gonna try and bite you again, but it's got disadvantage on the bite.
- 2:00:13SPEAKER_09: 15 to hit.
- 2:00:14SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 2:00:15SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:00:15SPEAKER_08: Yeah, it makes it.
- 2:00:16SPEAKER_09: It makes it.
- 2:00:18SPEAKER_08: Now, where exactly is it biting me?
- 2:00:21SPEAKER_09: Where exactly is it biting you?
- 2:00:22SPEAKER_08: Yeah, like is it like am I entirely?
- 2:00:25SPEAKER_09: It's just crunching your torso.
- 2:00:26SPEAKER_08: Okay, it's not like biting my whole body, in which case it would accidentally bite my poisonous arrow that I'm holding.
- 2:00:32SPEAKER_09: No, we're not doing that.
- 2:00:33SPEAKER_08: I'm a porcupine!
- 2:00:35SPEAKER_09: You are gonna take another 19 points of piercing damage, though.
- 2:00:37SPEAKER_06: Okay.
- 2:00:38SPEAKER_09: And then the next uh three are gonna attempt to grapple iron again.
- 2:00:42SPEAKER_09: Miss.
- 2:00:43SPEAKER_09: That's a that's a 10K.
- 2:00:45SPEAKER_09: This is gonna grapple you at uh 20.
- 2:00:50SPEAKER_04: I'm not raging, because we've lost the rage.
- 2:00:54SPEAKER_09: I can't do anything at this point.
- 2:00:55SPEAKER_09: Okay, you are grappelled.
- 2:00:57SPEAKER_09: Grappled.
- 2:00:58SPEAKER_09: And then the last one will attempt to grapple you again, and that will miss.
- 2:01:02SPEAKER_09: Uh well it's a double nine, sixteen.
- 2:01:04SPEAKER_09: Yeah, that doesn't he?
- 2:01:06SPEAKER_09: Pretty sure, right?
- 2:01:06SPEAKER_09: You're above 16.
- 2:01:07SPEAKER_09: Yeah, okay.
- 2:01:08SPEAKER_09: Cool.
- 2:01:08SPEAKER_09: Delphine, you're up.
- 2:01:10SPEAKER_01: Okay.
- 2:01:10SPEAKER_09: So you're grappled by one.
- 2:01:12SPEAKER_09: Just tendrils flying everywhere.
- 2:01:15SPEAKER_09: It's a good story.
- 2:01:16SPEAKER_08: I don't know if I keep trying to vortex warp you or not.
- 2:01:20SPEAKER_08: I think you should keep trying.
- 2:01:22SPEAKER_08: It's using spell slots.
- 2:01:24SPEAKER_04: Oh.
- 2:01:24SPEAKER_08: If not, if I don't make the save, I still expend the slot.
- 2:01:28SPEAKER_04: Free me.
- 2:01:29SPEAKER_04: I can get up to her and try to reel her in and break her free from the five.
- 2:01:32SPEAKER_09: I think it's a great idea.
- 2:01:33SPEAKER_08: So can I clarify?
- 2:01:34SPEAKER_08: You said when his arrow went through the ceiling.
- 2:01:36SPEAKER_09: No, it went through the monster into the ceiling.
- 2:01:39SPEAKER_08: Well, I said, Is the arrow stuck in the ceiling?
- 2:01:42SPEAKER_08: You said it went right through.
- 2:01:43SPEAKER_09: It went right through the monster, but it is stuck in the ceiling with the little eyeball hanging off the end of it.
- 2:01:48SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:01:48SPEAKER_08: That's what I was asking.
- 2:01:49SPEAKER_08: I thought you said I thought you specified that it went right through the ceiling.
- 2:01:52SPEAKER_08: I thought you meant below the ceiling.
- 2:01:53SPEAKER_09: Did it stick the monster to the ceiling?
- 2:01:55SPEAKER_09: No, is what I said.
- 2:01:55SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna try and the one so that was a grappling iron.
- 2:01:59SPEAKER_08: Stop at the ceiling.
- 2:02:00SPEAKER_08: This time.
- 2:02:01SPEAKER_09: Thank you.
- 2:02:01SPEAKER_09: I appreciate it.
- 2:02:02SPEAKER_08: See if I can get the fireballs off.
- 2:02:04SPEAKER_09: Do it.
- 2:02:05SPEAKER_08: Nope.
- 2:02:06SPEAKER_08: You gave me your threes.
- 2:02:08SPEAKER_08: I'm sorry.
- 2:02:09SPEAKER_08: I have a case of Draxicus.
- 2:02:12SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:02:13SPEAKER_09: Draxicus.
- 2:02:14SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:02:14SPEAKER_09: You have got your Echo Knight.
- 2:02:16SPEAKER_02: Okay, can I is there a one that is within 60 feet of me at this point?
- 2:02:22SPEAKER_09: Uh there is one that because you were you how how far out can you spot him?
- 2:02:26SPEAKER_02: I can keep my Echo 30 feet, but then like I will try to move to stay within 30.
- 2:02:32SPEAKER_02: Like I got my Echo because of that item I'm holding.
- 2:02:34SPEAKER_02: It can technically be 40 feet for me.
- 2:02:36SPEAKER_02: Yeah, okay.
- 2:02:37SPEAKER_02: But if I I can move it 30 feet on my turn, so technically I could get to 60 feet, and then I'd have to kind of come back a little.
- 2:02:43SPEAKER_09: Oh, I see.
- 2:02:44SPEAKER_09: Okay, so he was 30 feet out.
- 2:02:46SPEAKER_09: You it was 70 feet away.
- 2:02:47SPEAKER_09: You could go 40 feet and get there, but then you would have to come back.
- 2:02:52SPEAKER_09: So you could get there and make an attack.
- 2:02:54SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:02:54SPEAKER_02: I'm going to the first guy.
- 2:02:56SPEAKER_02: Okay, I'm gonna try that.
- 2:02:58SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:02:59SPEAKER_02: So we are going to recklessly attack that one.
- 2:03:02SPEAKER_02: Go for it.
- 2:03:03SPEAKER_02: Um.
- 2:03:06SPEAKER_02: Is it damaged at all that one?
- 2:03:08SPEAKER_09: It is.
- 2:03:08SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:03:09SPEAKER_09: Significantly damaged?
- 2:03:11SPEAKER_09: Not as damaged as the one that Rolled killed.
- 2:03:15SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:03:15SPEAKER_12: Well, we're just gonna recklessly attack.
- 2:03:17SPEAKER_12: We're just gonna recklessly attack.
- 2:03:18SPEAKER_12: So it's damage to the dead one.
- 2:03:20SPEAKER_12: 25 to hit?
- 2:03:21SPEAKER_02: 25 hits.
- 2:03:23SPEAKER_02: Okay, so let's deal, uh, what is this, 14 damage to it?
- 2:03:27SPEAKER_09: 14 damage is taken.
- 2:03:29SPEAKER_02: Okay, we're gonna do that again.
- 2:03:31SPEAKER_02: Go for it.
- 2:03:32SPEAKER_02: Uh 30 to hit.
- 2:03:33SPEAKER_02: 30 hits.
- 2:03:34SPEAKER_09: Okay, and we're gonna deal another 16 damage.
- 2:03:37SPEAKER_09: 16 damage is taken.
- 2:03:38SPEAKER_09: Now it is unhappy.
- 2:03:40SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:03:41SPEAKER_02: Um, and then No and then.
- 2:03:44SPEAKER_02: Can I move on the ground to within 30 feet of my echo?
- 2:03:51SPEAKER_09: You are right at the lip.
- 2:03:54SPEAKER_09: I'll put you right now, I'll put you right at the lip because I I would assume that you would have gone as far as you could to begin with.
- 2:03:58SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 2:03:59SPEAKER_09: You were right at the lip without taking any steps onto the floor that you know is a false floor.
- 2:04:03SPEAKER_02: Okay, and that is within 40 of my echo?
- 2:04:05SPEAKER_09: No.
- 2:04:06SPEAKER_09: Okay, so your echo is 70 feet away to make that first step.
- 2:04:08SPEAKER_02: Yeah, so then I'm gonna try to walk on the ground like lightly, kind of like what she's going along the ground.
- 2:04:15SPEAKER_02: She's along the wall.
- 2:04:16SPEAKER_02: She's always oh! You could test as well.
- 2:04:18SPEAKER_02: Could I go along the wall and still be within 30?
- 2:04:21SPEAKER_09: You'd have to go the other direction, or you'd be trying to get around Delphine.
- 2:04:24SPEAKER_08: Or snuggling against her.
- 2:04:26SPEAKER_09: Wow.
- 2:04:28SPEAKER_02: Okay, well.
- 2:04:29SPEAKER_08: I'm running out of people to snuggle, I'm just saying.
- 2:04:31SPEAKER_02: Alright, then I am going to unleash incarnate on this thing.
- 2:04:35SPEAKER_02: Do it with my echo, because I won't really have the echo around much longer.
- 2:04:41SPEAKER_02: Okay, 32 to hit.
- 2:04:42SPEAKER_02: Hits.
- 2:04:43SPEAKER_02: Okay, we'll deal another 13 damage to it.
- 2:04:46SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:04:47SPEAKER_02: Get them close.
- 2:04:48SPEAKER_02: We are going to action surge, because I had a short rest.
- 2:04:52SPEAKER_02: Sweet.
- 2:04:54SPEAKER_02: And we are going to do it again.
- 2:04:57SPEAKER_02: Uh 23 to hit.
- 2:04:59SPEAKER_09: 23 hits.
- 2:05:00SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:05:01SPEAKER_02: And we're gonna do another 16 damage to it.
- 2:05:04SPEAKER_09: 16.
- 2:05:05SPEAKER_09: Do that again.
- 2:05:06SPEAKER_09: Can you?
- 2:05:07SPEAKER_09: Gonna try.
- 2:05:08SPEAKER_02: Yeah, I got one last attack.
- 2:05:09SPEAKER_02: Go for it.
- 2:05:10SPEAKER_02: Alright, and 27 to hit.
- 2:05:11SPEAKER_09: 27 hits.
- 2:05:12SPEAKER_02: And another 16.
- 2:05:14SPEAKER_02: Dead.
- 2:05:14SPEAKER_02: You killed it.
- 2:05:16SPEAKER_02: And my Echo Knight basically hits it with its small, watches the thing fall down.
- 2:05:22SPEAKER_09: Hits the ground and the floor beneath it crumbles away.
- 2:05:24SPEAKER_02: And then my Echo kind of gives it the finger as it poofs into smoke at the end of my turn.
- 2:05:29SPEAKER_02: So why'd your echo go away?
- 2:05:30SPEAKER_02: Because it was more than 30 feet, 40 feet technically at the end of my turn.
- 2:05:34SPEAKER_02: Oh my god.
- 2:05:35SPEAKER_04: So am I free?
- 2:05:36SPEAKER_04: Was that the one?
- 2:05:37SPEAKER_09: No, that was the closest one.
- 2:05:38SPEAKER_09: That was the closest one I could.
- 2:05:40SPEAKER_09: You are not free.
- 2:05:40SPEAKER_01: So how many are there left?
- 2:05:42SPEAKER_09: There are four left.
- 2:05:43SPEAKER_09: Two severely damaged, two, no damage at all.
- 2:05:47SPEAKER_07: So the one holding me is severely damaged?
- 2:05:48SPEAKER_09: Let's try to break free.
- 2:05:50SPEAKER_09: Is it disadvantage, I believe?
- 2:05:51SPEAKER_09: Yeah, it's just a one now, right?
- 2:05:52SPEAKER_09: Or is it two?
- 2:05:53SPEAKER_09: Just one.
- 2:05:54SPEAKER_09: Just a one, go for it.
- 2:05:56SPEAKER_04: Oh.
- 2:05:57SPEAKER_04: This may have worked.
- 2:05:58SPEAKER_04: What was the break again?
- 2:05:59SPEAKER_04: 15 strength.
- 2:06:00SPEAKER_04: I break free.
- 2:06:01SPEAKER_04: I roll a 17 on my lowest.
- 2:06:03SPEAKER_04: Oh, 18 on my lowest, actually.
- 2:06:04SPEAKER_04: Nice.
- 2:06:05SPEAKER_04: We're not rolling 18.
- 2:06:06SPEAKER_04: Combined.
- 2:06:07SPEAKER_04: Combined.
- 2:06:08SPEAKER_04: Right.
- 2:06:08SPEAKER_09: Whatever it is, plus whatever it is.
- 2:06:10SPEAKER_09: At any rate.
- 2:06:11SPEAKER_09: So you break free.
- 2:06:12SPEAKER_09: I move.
- 2:06:13SPEAKER_04: How so I am 20.
- 2:06:15SPEAKER_04: I have I been pulled closer yet or not?
- 2:06:17SPEAKER_04: Where where am I on the wall?
- 2:06:18SPEAKER_09: You were not pulled closer because they didn't have a turn when they grappled you.
- 2:06:20SPEAKER_09: Alright, so we are 25 feet down the wall or 35 feet down the wall.
- 2:06:23SPEAKER_09: You are 35 feet down the wall, and they are another probably about 25 feet into the ceiling.
- 2:06:30SPEAKER_09: Because Oleander was just as a crow flies, right?
- 2:06:33SPEAKER_03: Yes.
- 2:06:34SPEAKER_09: And pulled.
- 2:06:34SPEAKER_09: So now she's right up there.
- 2:06:35SPEAKER_09: So I'm on the roof now then.
- 2:06:37SPEAKER_04: I'm gonna move 40 feet.
- 2:06:39SPEAKER_04: Okay, so you are on the roof.
- 2:06:40SPEAKER_04: I'm gonna move 40 feet up or 35 feet up, five feet off the roll.
- 2:06:43SPEAKER_04: I'm heading for the one holding her.
- 2:06:46SPEAKER_09: Okay, you're you can't get there.
- 2:06:47SPEAKER_09: I know.
- 2:06:48SPEAKER_09: But you are close.
- 2:06:49SPEAKER_09: You're about I'd say 20 feet away.
- 2:06:51SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:06:52SPEAKER_09: You happy with that?
- 2:06:53SPEAKER_04: I'm very happy with that.
- 2:06:54SPEAKER_04: I was waiting for you to say 15.
- 2:06:56SPEAKER_09: I can't activate right now.
- 2:06:58SPEAKER_09: You can't do it right now.
- 2:06:59SPEAKER_09: Roll drop.
- 2:07:00SPEAKER_14: Oh.
- 2:07:01SPEAKER_14: Okay, well, let's do this thing here.
- 2:07:03SPEAKER_14: Is Miriam bugging anyone again?
- 2:07:05SPEAKER_09: She's still doing it, right?
- 2:07:06SPEAKER_09: You never stopped her.
- 2:07:07SPEAKER_08: No, I never stopped her.
- 2:07:07SPEAKER_08: She well, she was doing the one that was grappling.
- 2:07:10SPEAKER_09: Oh yeah.
- 2:07:10SPEAKER_09: So yeah, you'd have to reassign her.
- 2:07:12SPEAKER_08: I did not reassign her.
- 2:07:13SPEAKER_09: So I'm not gonna write it.
- 2:07:14SPEAKER_14: And I will just do uh whatever.
- 2:07:17SPEAKER_14: I guess uh the one that's I guess nearest to one.
- 2:07:21SPEAKER_09: Okay, the nearest one?
- 2:07:22SPEAKER_09: Yeah, go for it.
- 2:07:24SPEAKER_14: Or is that one fairly injured already?
- 2:07:25SPEAKER_09: You said the one that's nearest to you.
- 2:07:27SPEAKER_09: Uh those uh the one that's nearest to you is dead.
- 2:07:30SPEAKER_09: He killed it.
- 2:07:31SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:07:31SPEAKER_09: And then uh the one behind it is not injured at all.
- 2:07:34SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:07:35SPEAKER_09: And then there's the one behind that is also not injured, and the one next to that is got a Leander.
- 2:07:40SPEAKER_14: So it's uh great.
- 2:07:41SPEAKER_14: Go for it.
- 2:07:42SPEAKER_14: Archer.
- 2:07:42SPEAKER_14: Actually, that's pretty low.
- 2:07:44SPEAKER_14: Um, so 20.
- 2:07:46SPEAKER_14: 20 hits.
- 2:07:46SPEAKER_14: Okay, sweet.
- 2:07:48SPEAKER_14: I'm not gonna bother with anything special in this one.
- 2:07:51SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 2:07:52SPEAKER_14: Don't be special.
- 2:07:53SPEAKER_14: See you by care.
- 2:07:57SPEAKER_14: Twenty-seven.
- 2:07:58SPEAKER_14: Twenty-seven taken.
- 2:08:00SPEAKER_14: And then shoot it again.
- 2:08:02SPEAKER_14: Go for it.
- 2:08:03SPEAKER_14: That's a hit.
- 2:08:04SPEAKER_14: What is it?
- 2:08:05SPEAKER_14: Oh sorry, uh 28.
- 2:08:06SPEAKER_14: 28 hits.
- 2:08:07SPEAKER_14: Yeah, I did not do my minus five.
- 2:08:09SPEAKER_14: So let's uh uh nine damage.
- 2:08:12SPEAKER_09: Nine damage taken.
- 2:08:13SPEAKER_09: Or rates.
- 2:08:14SPEAKER_09: I was sorry, Drunken.
- 2:08:16SPEAKER_09: What do you want to do?
- 2:08:17SPEAKER_09: Nothing, because there's nothing in my range.
- 2:08:19SPEAKER_09: Did you want to heal anyone, do anything like that?
- 2:08:21SPEAKER_09: Nobody in my range.
- 2:08:22SPEAKER_09: Oleander.
- 2:08:23SPEAKER_09: Alright, um besides you and everything.
- 2:08:26SPEAKER_08: O Leander's seeing everything fall around her.
- 2:08:29SPEAKER_08: And knowing that she's not within range of Einar.
- 2:08:33SPEAKER_10: Yeah.
- 2:08:33SPEAKER_08: And then even if she was, there's not really a lot that he can do.
- 2:08:38SPEAKER_09: Not far, but he's 20 feet away right now.
- 2:08:41SPEAKER_08: And this thing holding me is not looking good.
- 2:08:43SPEAKER_09: It is not looking good.
- 2:08:45SPEAKER_08: And I'm afraid to hurt it, even though it can hurt me.
- 2:08:48SPEAKER_08: Um so I'm absolutely prepared to let it continue chomping on me.
- 2:09:00SPEAKER_08: I kinda I think about the fact that I am carrying this ink that has that I saved Einar from.
- 2:09:15SPEAKER_08: But at the same time, even though I have a very poor relationship with this thing, it is still a creature.
- 2:09:22SPEAKER_08: And I still feel very, very guilty.
- 2:09:25SPEAKER_08: Aside from the fact that I am terrified to die, I also feel guilty putting it in a position where I would take it with me.
- 2:09:36SPEAKER_08: So I'm going to apologize to Ventor for this shit.
- 2:09:42SPEAKER_08: Really?
- 2:09:43SPEAKER_08: I know that if we were bonded, we would be stronger.
- 2:09:47SPEAKER_08: However, your version of strength is not my version of strength.
- 2:09:51SPEAKER_08: Because I believe that strength is based on love and having people around you, having an army, is stronger than being a solitary soldier.
- 2:10:02SPEAKER_08: And so I can't I can't give you what you need right now.
- 2:10:07SPEAKER_08: But I am so sorry.
- 2:10:09SPEAKER_08: And I'm just praying that we don't die.
- 2:10:12SPEAKER_08: And I am going to shoot the nearest one to me.
- 2:10:17SPEAKER_08: That's actually not the one holding you, obviously.
- 2:10:20SPEAKER_08: Not the one holding me.
- 2:10:21SPEAKER_08: Not the one holding me, because I'm too scared.
- 2:10:25SPEAKER_08: I'm afraid that we might die in the next round.
- 2:10:28SPEAKER_08: Noctus and I.
- 2:10:29SPEAKER_09: Not Noctus.
- 2:10:30SPEAKER_08: No, sorry, Ventor and I.
- 2:10:32SPEAKER_08: Ventor and I.
- 2:10:33SPEAKER_08: I'm afraid that we're gonna die in the next round.
- 2:10:36SPEAKER_08: But I'm too scared to do something that will contribute to that.
- 2:10:39SPEAKER_08: So I'm going to shoot the nearest one to me with my poisonous um crossbow.
- 2:10:46SPEAKER_09: So you get after you say that, you get the sensation from Ventor.
- 2:10:51SPEAKER_09: He's like, let me take control.
- 2:10:54SPEAKER_09: I can save us.
- 2:10:57SPEAKER_09: Can you hold on to the ceiling?
- 2:11:02SPEAKER_07: I'm asking him.
- 2:11:04SPEAKER_03: Oh.
- 2:11:05SPEAKER_07: I'm asking him, can you hold on to ceilings?
- 2:11:07SPEAKER_07: I can save us.
- 2:11:13SPEAKER_07: Not yet.
- 2:11:14SPEAKER_07: I'm not yet willing.
- 2:11:17SPEAKER_07: So I try and shoot.
- 2:11:19SPEAKER_07: Um, where did my Fing F.
- 2:11:24SPEAKER_07: 18?
- 2:11:25SPEAKER_07: 18 does not hit.
- 2:11:27SPEAKER_09: So that potion is wasted.
- 2:11:28SPEAKER_08: That potion is wasted.
- 2:11:30SPEAKER_09: Roll me, can you roll me a D f uh D6, please?
- 2:11:33SPEAKER_09: I can.
- 2:11:35SPEAKER_09: Four.
- 2:11:36SPEAKER_09: Your potion of superior healing smashes against the ceiling.
- 2:11:41SPEAKER_08: That is so funny.
- 2:11:43SPEAKER_08: Wait, no, no, no.
- 2:11:44SPEAKER_08: It was the potion.
- 2:11:45SPEAKER_08: It wasn't like I poured it onto the thing.
- 2:11:47SPEAKER_08: The vial.
- 2:11:48SPEAKER_09: Yeah, but the vial's empty.
- 2:11:49SPEAKER_08: The vial's empty.
- 2:11:50SPEAKER_08: Back in my bag.
- 2:11:51SPEAKER_08: Back in your bag.
- 2:11:51SPEAKER_09: Just letting you know once you poured on it.
- 2:11:53SPEAKER_08: That's a honey.
- 2:11:54SPEAKER_08: Do I know that once I do it, though?
- 2:11:56SPEAKER_09: Yeah, you would see it because of the color of it, you would have recognized.
- 2:11:58SPEAKER_09: You'd been like, oh.
- 2:12:00SPEAKER_09: So you can.
- 2:12:00SPEAKER_08: Okay.
- 2:12:01SPEAKER_08: That is exciting knowledge.
- 2:12:04SPEAKER_08: One of my poisons was a superior healing potion.
- 2:12:07SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:12:07SPEAKER_09: Uh the ropers are gonna go now.
- 2:12:09SPEAKER_09: So the one that's I'm gonna do sh I'm uh I'm gonna do Oleander first.
- 2:12:13SPEAKER_09: And then uh, but Oleander's one still has disadvantage, right?
- 2:12:17SPEAKER_14: No.
- 2:12:18SPEAKER_09: Not anymore.
- 2:12:18SPEAKER_09: No, it only lasted for a turn.
- 2:12:20SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 2:12:20SPEAKER_09: Okay, so I'll just gonna do it once.
- 2:12:23SPEAKER_09: That is 17 to hit Oleander.
- 2:12:25SPEAKER_14: Yep.
- 2:12:26SPEAKER_14: Well had it had an attack yet or no?
- 2:12:28SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 2:12:28SPEAKER_09: Oh it did get disadvantage hit last time too.
- 2:12:31SPEAKER_09: So uh so that's 10.
- 2:12:35SPEAKER_09: That's 24 plus 4, 28 points of piercing damage.
- 2:12:39SPEAKER_05: How much?
- 2:12:39SPEAKER_09: 28 points of piercing damage.
- 2:12:41SPEAKER_05: Yep.
- 2:12:41SPEAKER_09: You still have.
- 2:12:42SPEAKER_07: Yep.
- 2:12:43SPEAKER_09: Okay, and I know these three are gonna attempt to grapple you again.
- 2:12:49SPEAKER_09: That's 25.
- 2:12:51SPEAKER_04: Nothing I can do about that.
- 2:12:52SPEAKER_04: You got me.
- 2:12:53SPEAKER_09: Okay, so the first one grapples you.
- 2:12:57SPEAKER_09: Second one.
- 2:12:58SPEAKER_09: I didn't take damage though, right?
- 2:12:59SPEAKER_09: You don't take damage.
- 2:13:00SPEAKER_09: The second one missed.
- 2:13:03SPEAKER_09: But this one is 22.
- 2:13:05SPEAKER_09: Um grappled by two.
- 2:13:07SPEAKER_09: Get your grappled by two.
- 2:13:09SPEAKER_09: Alright, that's all of their turns.
- 2:13:10SPEAKER_09: Delphine, you're up.
- 2:13:11SPEAKER_09: Get them off me.
- 2:13:13SPEAKER_08: It occurs to me that I have not yet looked up to see if any are above me.
- 2:13:20unknown: Okay.
- 2:13:21SPEAKER_09: We'll play it that way next time.
- 2:13:22SPEAKER_09: It is damage, I'm damage?
- 2:13:24SPEAKER_09: Yeah, it is damage, so we'll play it that way next time.
- 2:13:26SPEAKER_09: You've already looked, there's none.
- 2:13:27SPEAKER_08: There's none above me.
- 2:13:28SPEAKER_09: There's none above you, no.
- 2:13:30SPEAKER_08: Okay.
- 2:13:32SPEAKER_08: I'm getting real concerned about Oleander.
- 2:13:35SPEAKER_08: She's looking more and more chomped up.
- 2:13:39SPEAKER_00: I don't know what else to do, though.
- 2:13:44SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna try and vortex warp her again.
- 2:13:47SPEAKER_09: Do it.
- 2:13:47SPEAKER_08: I'm getting real concerned about her up there.
- 2:13:49SPEAKER_08: This one's looking real bloody.
- 2:13:50SPEAKER_09: This one's gonna work.
- 2:13:52SPEAKER_09: Oh for it.
- 2:13:53SPEAKER_09: This is the one.
- 2:13:56SPEAKER_01: 18 with five! Vortex warp.
- 2:13:59SPEAKER_09: There you go, you got her.
- 2:14:00SPEAKER_08: Her well into the like entryway of the cave.
- 2:14:05SPEAKER_09: Perfect.
- 2:14:05SPEAKER_08: Where he's standing.
- 2:14:08SPEAKER_09: She appears.
- 2:14:09SPEAKER_09: You're there.
- 2:14:09SPEAKER_09: You are no longer grappling.
- 2:14:13SPEAKER_08: Oh dear lord.
- 2:14:14SPEAKER_08: And I just kind of sink against the wall, a little bit relieved, like, oh, thank fuck.
- 2:14:20SPEAKER_08: And then I send Miram to again one of the ones that are grappling Irm.
- 2:14:25SPEAKER_10: Okay.
- 2:14:25SPEAKER_08: She's flying in its face.
- 2:14:26SPEAKER_10: Dract draw.
- 2:14:28SPEAKER_01: Oh my god, are you good?
- 2:14:29SPEAKER_02: Is going to bonus action.
- 2:14:31SPEAKER_02: Try to summon his echo.
- 2:14:34SPEAKER_02: Do it.
- 2:14:35SPEAKER_02: You got a lot of life.
- 2:14:36SPEAKER_09: What is that?
- 2:14:37SPEAKER_09: Uh that says fuck you.
- 2:14:38SPEAKER_09: That means it's a crit.
- 2:14:40SPEAKER_09: Oh.
- 2:14:40SPEAKER_09: Nope.
- 2:14:41SPEAKER_09: Yeah, fuck you.
- 2:14:46SPEAKER_02: I summon the echo beside me.
- 2:14:48SPEAKER_02: He's there.
- 2:14:49SPEAKER_02: Is there any enemy within 60 feet of me?
- 2:14:52SPEAKER_02: No.
- 2:14:52SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:14:55SPEAKER_02: Is there anyone within a hundred and twenty of me?
- 2:14:58SPEAKER_02: Yep.
- 2:14:58SPEAKER_09: Okay, I.
- 2:14:59SPEAKER_09: One of the ones that Einar, as Einar, you can see clearly is 120 feet from me.
- 2:15:03SPEAKER_02: Alright, then I'm I think I have.
- 2:15:05SPEAKER_02: Let me see if I have another.
- 2:15:07SPEAKER_02: I think I have another.
- 2:15:09SPEAKER_02: Uh let's see here.
- 2:15:11SPEAKER_02: I have one javelin left.
- 2:15:13SPEAKER_02: Do it.
- 2:15:13SPEAKER_02: Let's try to do one more javelin.
- 2:15:16SPEAKER_09: One of the ones that has Einar is badly damaged.
- 2:15:19SPEAKER_09: I'm gonna go for that one.
- 2:15:20SPEAKER_08: Being distracted by Miram.
- 2:15:22SPEAKER_02: Okay, I'm going to recklessly do that one.
- 2:15:25SPEAKER_08: You would have advantage because it has Mirim as well.
- 2:15:28SPEAKER_02: Oh, then I won't be ready to do that.
- 2:15:29SPEAKER_08: Mind you, you're far away, so it doesn't matter what we're going to do.
- 2:15:30SPEAKER_09: Well, it's a straight, it's actually straight die roll, because I normally have disadvantage.
- 2:15:34SPEAKER_09: Would you like to attack the creature or would you like to attack the tendril?
- 2:15:38SPEAKER_09: Because he can cling to the ceiling.
- 2:15:40SPEAKER_09: And you said the creature was badly damaged?
- 2:15:42SPEAKER_09: That creature is badly damaged, yes.
- 2:15:44SPEAKER_02: I'm still clinging to the ceiling.
- 2:15:45SPEAKER_02: It's just got me grounded.
- 2:15:46SPEAKER_02: I'm gonna badly hit the badly damaged.
- 2:15:48SPEAKER_02: Okay, go for it.
- 2:15:49SPEAKER_02: Badly hit the badly damaged.
- 2:15:51SPEAKER_02: 31 to hit.
- 2:15:52SPEAKER_02: That hits minus three, sorry.
- 2:15:53SPEAKER_02: 28 to hit.
- 2:15:54SPEAKER_02: That hits.
- 2:15:55SPEAKER_02: Okay, and ideal.
- 2:15:56SPEAKER_02: Oh, sorry, ignore that.
- 2:15:57SPEAKER_02: Ideal uh 12 damage to it.
- 2:16:02SPEAKER_02: Taken?
- 2:16:03SPEAKER_02: That it is unhappy.
- 2:16:05SPEAKER_02: I can't do anything because I know what a Jap lens.
- 2:16:08SPEAKER_09: Oh bummer.
- 2:16:08SPEAKER_09: I uh that's my turn.
- 2:16:10SPEAKER_09: I enter you're up.
- 2:16:11SPEAKER_09: You're grappled twice.
- 2:16:14SPEAKER_04: I attempt to break one of the grapples.
- 2:16:16SPEAKER_04: Let's do it.
- 2:16:18SPEAKER_04: I do not succeed in breaking one of the grapples, because wait, well, I guess we'll check again.
- 2:16:23SPEAKER_04: Nine plus five is fourteen.
- 2:16:26SPEAKER_04: Fourteen does not make it you need 15.
- 2:16:28SPEAKER_04: I thought it was 15.
- 2:16:29SPEAKER_04: That's what I thought.
- 2:16:29SPEAKER_04: Roll, drop.
- 2:16:30SPEAKER_04: That's pretty sure I was off.
- 2:16:32SPEAKER_14: Uh I might as well hit the one that looks injured.
- 2:16:35SPEAKER_09: Yeah, it looks pretty bad.
- 2:16:37SPEAKER_09: Alright.
- 2:16:37SPEAKER_09: And it's advantaged too, but you already have that.
- 2:16:39SPEAKER_09: Oh yeah, yeah.
- 2:16:41SPEAKER_09: Uh yeah, that's pretty bad.
- 2:16:42SPEAKER_14: That's a 15, so it's a miss.
- 2:16:44SPEAKER_14: That's a miss.
- 2:16:44SPEAKER_14: And the second shot, because then all you're gonna have is action.
- 2:16:47SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 2:16:49SPEAKER_14: 24.
- 2:16:50SPEAKER_14: 24 hits.
- 2:16:50SPEAKER_14: And you said it's pretty badly injured, so I'm not gonna bother adding any bonus stuff.
- 2:16:54SPEAKER_09: Uh you gotta make sure you hit it.
- 2:16:56SPEAKER_09: You make sure you kill it.
- 2:16:57SPEAKER_09: Okay, well then that takes 36.
- 2:17:00SPEAKER_09: 36, is that all you can do?
- 2:17:02SPEAKER_09: Uh I could add a DA.
- 2:17:04SPEAKER_09: Do you want to or not?
- 2:17:05unknown: Yeah.
- 2:17:06SPEAKER_09: You kill it.
- 2:17:07SPEAKER_09: You do it.
- 2:17:10SPEAKER_09: Just want you to waste that time.
- 2:17:12SPEAKER_14: Overkill is just enough.
- 2:17:14SPEAKER_14: No, because what if I don't get a chance for a short rest?
- 2:17:16SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:17:17SPEAKER_09: Uh anything else you got?
- 2:17:18SPEAKER_09: I know you were only grappled by one now.
- 2:17:20SPEAKER_09: I hide again for shits and giggles.
- 2:17:22SPEAKER_09: Roll.
- 2:17:23SPEAKER_09: Let's see if you are hidden.
- 2:17:24SPEAKER_09: I'm 29 hidden.
- 2:17:26SPEAKER_09: You believe you're hidden.
- 2:17:27SPEAKER_09: Drukid, what do you want to do?
- 2:17:28SPEAKER_11: Well, I looked at Odeander.
- 2:17:31SPEAKER_11: Oh, I can like go.
- 2:17:32SPEAKER_11: There you go.
- 2:17:32SPEAKER_11: Hello.
- 2:17:33SPEAKER_11: And I will heal you.
- 2:17:34SPEAKER_06: Oh, thank you.
- 2:17:35SPEAKER_11: And I can do one with my staff because I can do one more and don't have to roll to do anything.
- 2:17:42SPEAKER_10: Very good.
- 2:17:42SPEAKER_11: So I will give you 3D8 plus 12.
- 2:17:47SPEAKER_08: I'm picturing me having teleported her so that she's flying back into Drugon's arms.
- 2:17:53SPEAKER_08: Does your lay on hands?
- 2:17:56SPEAKER_11: It does.
- 2:17:57SPEAKER_11: It does.
- 2:17:58SPEAKER_08: He catches me into his arms and stomped his staff on the floor and heals me.
- 2:18:03SPEAKER_08: Look waxy in the forehead.
- 2:18:04SPEAKER_11: 9, 10, 11, 10, 10.
- 2:18:06SPEAKER_11: Allegheny.
- 2:18:09SPEAKER_11: 12.
- 2:18:10SPEAKER_11: That's 23 hit points.
- 2:18:11SPEAKER_09: Ah, that's on.
- 2:18:13SPEAKER_09: Only under you're up.
- 2:18:14SPEAKER_07: Okay, hold on.
- 2:18:16SPEAKER_07: She needs to take her healing.
- 2:18:17SPEAKER_07: Um, I'll calculate that after.
- 2:18:19SPEAKER_07: My mathing is uh slow at the moment.
- 2:18:22SPEAKER_07: I'm going to take another one of my poison vials.
- 2:18:26SPEAKER_07: Okay.
- 2:18:26SPEAKER_08: One another one of the ones that say that don't say the I'm not poison.
- 2:18:31SPEAKER_08: Bonus action poured onto my next bolt.
- 2:18:36SPEAKER_08: And I am going to try and shoot the one is still alive that's holding him, correct?
- 2:18:43SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 2:18:44SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 2:18:45SPEAKER_08: I will attempt to do it.
- 2:18:47SPEAKER_08: So 20?
- 2:18:49SPEAKER_09: 20 hits.
- 2:18:50SPEAKER_08: And I do oh correction, 22, but still his.
- 2:18:55SPEAKER_08: I do four damage plus whatever the mystery poison was.
- 2:19:00SPEAKER_09: Roll me a D6, please.
- 2:19:01SPEAKER_09: And you you rolled a three last time?
- 2:19:02SPEAKER_09: Four.
- 2:19:02SPEAKER_09: Oh, you rolled a four?
- 2:19:03SPEAKER_09: So D6, anything of uh a four you re-roll?
- 2:19:06SPEAKER_08: Three.
- 2:19:07SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:19:10SPEAKER_08: We'll find out.
- 2:19:11SPEAKER_08: Maybe I'll heal this thing.
- 2:19:12SPEAKER_08: It is a potion of everybody gets puppies.
- 2:19:16SPEAKER_03: Polyborne.
- 2:19:19SPEAKER_08: Does that mean it does damage, Stu, with that face?
- 2:19:23SPEAKER_09: You hit the roper with a potion of giant strength.
- 2:19:28SPEAKER_08: Oh no!
- 2:19:29SPEAKER_09: You gotta quit using these things.
- 2:19:32SPEAKER_08: I've never had a chance to figure out what they do other than the one that says I'm not poisoned.
- 2:19:38SPEAKER_09: It will get an extra plus five to its AC, and its strength escape will go from a DC 15 to a DC 18.
- 2:19:47SPEAKER_09: Which one?
- 2:19:49SPEAKER_09: And its hit will go higher to.
- 2:19:53SPEAKER_14: Did you say its AC went up five?
- 2:19:55SPEAKER_09: Yeah, its AC goes up by five for.
- 2:19:57SPEAKER_09: Oh sorry, not by five, uh by three.
- 2:20:00SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 2:20:01SPEAKER_09: Which means that the tendril will go higher too.
- 2:20:04SPEAKER_09: Or you know, you could get it.
- 2:20:06SPEAKER_09: And it grows in size.
- 2:20:07SPEAKER_09: It also grows in size too.
- 2:20:09SPEAKER_09: So now it's very large, very easy to see.
- 2:20:12SPEAKER_09: The biggest one of the three You made a iron.
- 2:20:16SPEAKER_07: I didn't mean to.
- 2:20:17SPEAKER_09: I thought it was the one who happened.
- 2:20:18SPEAKER_09: I yelp.
- 2:20:19unknown: Yeah.
- 2:20:19SPEAKER_04: Because it grew in size.
- 2:20:20SPEAKER_04: I wasn't expecting that.
- 2:20:21SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 2:20:22SPEAKER_08: Specifically, you do the uh Cerlic Pit Yelp.
- 2:20:26SPEAKER_08: 100%.
- 2:20:27SPEAKER_08: That's my favorite noise in the tower.
- 2:20:29SPEAKER_09: Okay, it is now their turn.
- 2:20:30SPEAKER_09: The one that uh is has got inner.
- 2:20:34SPEAKER_09: Uh sorry, there's the one the one that's before that is gonna go first.
- 2:20:37SPEAKER_09: It's going to attempt to do uh also get in her, but it will be at disadvantage.
- 2:20:44SPEAKER_09: Uh 16 plus 7 is 23.
- 2:20:48SPEAKER_09: You are grappelled.
- 2:20:49SPEAKER_09: I'm grappled.
- 2:20:50SPEAKER_09: And then the next one is going to pull you 25 feet close to himself.
- 2:20:56SPEAKER_09: But because you are grappled by the other one, can he pull him from the big guy?
- 2:21:02SPEAKER_09: You can't be moved.
- 2:21:03SPEAKER_09: You cannot be moved, so you're stuck where you're at.
- 2:21:06SPEAKER_09: Uh you do hear me struggle as two things pull at me.
- 2:21:09SPEAKER_09: Tearing damage.
- 2:21:11SPEAKER_09: They can move.
- 2:21:11SPEAKER_09: Shut up.
- 2:21:12SPEAKER_09: They can move, they can use their movement to move close to you, though.
- 2:21:15SPEAKER_09: So that is what it is going to do.
- 2:21:17SPEAKER_09: Uh, but it can only move, it can't move as much as it can reel.
- 2:21:21SPEAKER_09: It can only move 10 feet.
- 2:21:22SPEAKER_09: So it won't get to you, but it will get closer to you.
- 2:21:25SPEAKER_09: And then the third one is also going to attempt, uh, but there's no damage been done.
- 2:21:30SPEAKER_09: So, but 14 plus 7 is 21.
- 2:21:32SPEAKER_09: That's so you're grappled by all three now, including the huge one.
- 2:21:36SPEAKER_09: Yeah, it's time to just go bucknutty and start attacking these things.
- 2:21:39SPEAKER_09: Alright, Delphine, you're up.
- 2:21:41SPEAKER_08: For me.
- 2:21:42SPEAKER_04: I've been going defensive to try to get to her.
- 2:21:43SPEAKER_04: It's time for me to just go offensive and break myself out of this.
- 2:21:46SPEAKER_08: Alright, so how many are left on the ceiling?
- 2:21:47SPEAKER_08: Giant one.
- 2:21:48SPEAKER_09: There's a giant one and there's two other small ones.
- 2:21:50SPEAKER_09: The giant one is middle of the pack, beat up.
- 2:21:54SPEAKER_09: The one furthest away from the giant one is really beat up.
- 2:21:58SPEAKER_09: The one closest to you is untouched.
- 2:22:02SPEAKER_08: Okay, I'm gonna send our who's grappling either.
- 2:22:06SPEAKER_09: The big guy.
- 2:22:07SPEAKER_09: All of them.
- 2:22:08SPEAKER_09: All three.
- 2:22:08SPEAKER_09: All three, but the big guy has them, too.
- 2:22:10SPEAKER_09: Big guy's medium ogi.
- 2:22:12SPEAKER_08: Medium ouchie, but the one that's really beat up also has him.
- 2:22:15SPEAKER_09: Also has him, yes.
- 2:22:16SPEAKER_08: Okay, well, I'm gonna try uh I'm gonna send Miriam at that one.
- 2:22:19SPEAKER_08: To give myself advantage.
- 2:22:20SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna try and firebolt.
- 2:22:22SPEAKER_09: Do it.
- 2:22:22SPEAKER_08: Let's see if I can get one off.
- 2:22:24SPEAKER_09: That's the way to do it.
- 2:22:25SPEAKER_08: Shut the fuck off.
- 2:22:27SPEAKER_08: 18.
- 2:22:28SPEAKER_09: Hey, you got it! Yeah, you got it off.
- 2:22:32SPEAKER_09: It's all over your hand.
- 2:22:34SPEAKER_09: Thank you.
- 2:22:35SPEAKER_09: Me exploding dice.
- 2:22:36SPEAKER_13: Now you need to get it.
- 2:22:37SPEAKER_13: Now you have it.
- 2:22:42SPEAKER_09: What's the point of hitting it?
- 2:22:44SPEAKER_08: Your 2D20s to actually attack it now.
- 2:22:46SPEAKER_09: Pick up your sticky dice.
- 2:22:47SPEAKER_08: Now that you know that you can get it off.
- 2:22:49SPEAKER_09: Pick up your sticky dice.
- 2:22:53SPEAKER_08: Darum is distracted.
- 2:22:54SPEAKER_09: Yeah, so you get advantage.
- 2:22:55SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 2:22:56SPEAKER_08: Ah, crit.
- 2:22:57SPEAKER_08: Woo!
- 2:22:58SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:22:58SPEAKER_08: Crit.
- 2:22:59SPEAKER_08: Crit on a firebolt.
- 2:23:01SPEAKER_09: Roll it again.
- 2:23:04SPEAKER_09: Roll crit.
- 2:23:08SPEAKER_01: But it didn't happen.
- 2:23:09SPEAKER_01: So that 3D10 fire double.
- 2:23:13SPEAKER_09: Do it.
- 2:23:13SPEAKER_09: Yeah, doubled.
- 2:23:15SPEAKER_01: Attention, this thing.
- 2:23:23SPEAKER_09: Oh wow.
- 2:23:24SPEAKER_09: Somebody's gunning for your record, roll.
- 2:23:27SPEAKER_13: That was a cantrip.
- 2:23:28SPEAKER_13: I'm taking a picture.
- 2:23:31SPEAKER_09: Uh so you effectively kill that one.
- 2:23:34SPEAKER_09: Oh yeah.
- 2:23:35SPEAKER_09: So now there are only two.
- 2:23:36SPEAKER_09: So that one falls to the ground.
- 2:23:38SPEAKER_09: Another big hole.
- 2:23:40SPEAKER_09: 30.
- 2:23:41SPEAKER_08: 30.
- 2:23:42SPEAKER_08: That what are the what are the odds?
- 2:23:44SPEAKER_09: See, if I didn't hand tie you so much, you wouldn't have these moments of excellence.
- 2:23:50SPEAKER_08: Did you what did you just say?
- 2:23:52SPEAKER_08: One in a thousand.
- 2:23:53SPEAKER_09: I'm just going with you trying to get things off.
- 2:23:55SPEAKER_09: One in a thousand.
- 2:23:55SPEAKER_09: Staying on Dean.
- 2:23:57SPEAKER_14: One in 20,000 actually was that.
- 2:23:58SPEAKER_14: That's great.
- 2:23:59SPEAKER_08: That's amazing.
- 2:24:00SPEAKER_08: Delphine feels great about herself after failing for several rounds.
- 2:24:04SPEAKER_08: She's gonna I already directed Miriam, so I can't direct her again.
- 2:24:08SPEAKER_08: Just because you weren't trying to help me, you didn't have some little feelings.
- 2:24:11SPEAKER_08: Okay, that's it.
- 2:24:11SPEAKER_00: That's an I'm gonna go.
- 2:24:12SPEAKER_02: Drax Drop.
- 2:24:13SPEAKER_02: Uh does Drax see any of his throne um javelins on the ground within 60 feet of me?
- 2:24:21SPEAKER_09: 60 feet of you?
- 2:24:22SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 2:24:22SPEAKER_09: Uh well if they were within 60 feet of you, they would be in the room.
- 2:24:25SPEAKER_09: In the room, on the floor.
- 2:24:27SPEAKER_09: So, oh, the floor didn't give away on the javelin?
- 2:24:29SPEAKER_09: Not on the javelin, no.
- 2:24:30SPEAKER_02: I'm wondering if I can send my echo to like pick it up and attack the wall behind me.
- 2:24:36SPEAKER_02: Basically to you.
- 2:24:38SPEAKER_02: To recover the javelin.
- 2:24:39SPEAKER_02: 100%.
- 2:24:40SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:24:40SPEAKER_02: Then it's gonna try to do that.
- 2:24:42SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:24:43SPEAKER_01: Did he come into the room on the other side?
- 2:24:47SPEAKER_08: Did you come in on the other side?
- 2:24:48SPEAKER_02: Well, he died, so I resummoned and no you.
- 2:24:50SPEAKER_08: Where are you?
- 2:24:51SPEAKER_08: Are you the same?
- 2:24:51SPEAKER_09: I'm with the rest of the group.
- 2:24:53SPEAKER_08: Okay, well, I'm not with the rest of the group.
- 2:24:54SPEAKER_08: I'm at the end of the group.
- 2:24:55SPEAKER_09: He threw, he said he threw it against the wall.
- 2:24:57SPEAKER_09: You're against the wall.
- 2:24:58SPEAKER_09: Fuck off.
- 2:25:00SPEAKER_09: I'm making him roll, so we will hit the opening.
- 2:25:02SPEAKER_09: I'm making him roll in case you roll the one.
- 2:25:04SPEAKER_06: Yeah.
- 2:25:05SPEAKER_14: He wants to go.
- 2:25:05SPEAKER_14: He has to hit the whole thing.
- 2:25:06SPEAKER_02: Alright, well, we're gonna try.
- 2:25:08SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:25:09SPEAKER_02: Can I do this recklessly?
- 2:25:12SPEAKER_02: I mean, yeah, if you want to.
- 2:25:13SPEAKER_02: But does that it's weird.
- 2:25:14SPEAKER_02: It sounds recklessly, but it's actually better.
- 2:25:17SPEAKER_08: I mean, it is a reckless thing to do, but don't worry.
- 2:25:20SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:25:20SPEAKER_02: 29.
- 2:25:21SPEAKER_02: Okay, yeah, you're good.
- 2:25:21SPEAKER_02: So hit the wall.
- 2:25:22SPEAKER_02: You hit the wall, you're fine.
- 2:25:24SPEAKER_02: Alright.
- 2:25:24SPEAKER_02: It's technically a side wall.
- 2:25:27SPEAKER_02: Okay, and then my character is going to basically.
- 2:25:30SPEAKER_02: Actually, he's gonna stay near the lip of it so that my echo can stay within me without disappearing.
- 2:25:35SPEAKER_02: Perfect.
- 2:25:36SPEAKER_04: And then it was right to the next turn.
- 2:25:38SPEAKER_04: Okay, Einar, you're up.
- 2:25:39SPEAKER_04: Alrighty, so I'm grappled by the big one and another one.
- 2:25:41SPEAKER_04: Yes, that is correct.
- 2:25:43SPEAKER_04: Einar doesn't like this at this point.
- 2:25:45SPEAKER_04: They haven't been doing much damage to me.
- 2:25:47SPEAKER_04: They seem to be able to grapple me.
- 2:25:49SPEAKER_04: I attempt to activate the ink, talking to Noctus, seeing if the DM gives me anything, but it not expected it, and I go to attack.
- 2:25:57SPEAKER_09: Go ahead.
- 2:25:58SPEAKER_09: It does not it does not come into play.
- 2:26:00SPEAKER_04: I am going to unleash a little.
- 2:26:04SPEAKER_04: Uh I'm gonna go recklessly though now.
- 2:26:07SPEAKER_04: I'm not liking this.
- 2:26:08SPEAKER_04: Get off of me! What are you attacking?
- 2:26:10SPEAKER_04: I'm attacking the tenderle tab.
- 2:26:12SPEAKER_04: Which one?
- 2:26:12SPEAKER_04: Which one?
- 2:26:13SPEAKER_11: Big one or small one?
- 2:26:14SPEAKER_11: Big one, little one.
- 2:26:14SPEAKER_09: Big one, little one.
- 2:26:16SPEAKER_09: Well, I guess it's just an AC thing, isn't it?
- 2:26:18SPEAKER_09: Well the AC on the big one is higher.
- 2:26:20SPEAKER_04: Yeah, but I'm going I'm going for big hits here.
- 2:26:22SPEAKER_04: I'm gonna go for the big one.
- 2:26:23SPEAKER_04: Let me go.
- 2:26:24SPEAKER_09: Go for it.
- 2:26:27SPEAKER_04: That would be a 12 plus 21!
- 2:26:30SPEAKER_09: 21 does not hit.
- 2:26:31SPEAKER_04: Okay, next attack.
- 2:26:34SPEAKER_04: What about a 26?
- 2:26:38SPEAKER_09: 26 hits.
- 2:26:39SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 2:26:39SPEAKER_04: Boom.
- 2:26:40SPEAKER_09: And nine, sixteen.
- 2:26:42SPEAKER_09: Twenty-five, sorry?
- 2:26:43SPEAKER_09: Twenty-five, yeah, that's still it's twenty-three you're looking for for the tangrils.
- 2:26:45SPEAKER_09: Okay, cool.
- 2:26:46SPEAKER_09: Good to know.
- 2:26:47SPEAKER_04: Alrighty, so I strike him boldly, hopefully.
- 2:26:50SPEAKER_09: Ten damage.
- 2:26:51SPEAKER_09: That's all you needed.
- 2:26:52SPEAKER_09: Uh, sorry, no, not for the big guy.
- 2:26:54SPEAKER_09: You needed an uh more.
- 2:26:56SPEAKER_09: So you hit it the tangrill, it does not release, but it uh you are have gone closer to killing it.
- 2:27:02SPEAKER_04: That would be my uh rounds.
- 2:27:05SPEAKER_04: Okay, don't get it move.
- 2:27:07SPEAKER_04: My bonus action was try to convince Nox academy.
- 2:27:09SPEAKER_14: Alright, rolled, you're up.
- 2:27:11SPEAKER_14: Okay, I'm shooting from hidden.
- 2:27:12SPEAKER_14: Go for it.
- 2:27:13SPEAKER_14: I don't have to use my bonus yet.
- 2:27:17SPEAKER_14: Uh 19 on the big guy, I think misses.
- 2:27:19SPEAKER_14: I'm not gonna fight that.
- 2:27:22SPEAKER_14: Why not?
- 2:27:27unknown: 21?
- 2:27:28SPEAKER_14: No.
- 2:27:28SPEAKER_14: Oh yeah, well that was a waste of superiority death.
- 2:27:30SPEAKER_14: That's too bad.
- 2:27:31SPEAKER_14: And then second shot, so this three is that.
- 2:27:35SPEAKER_14: And I'll still go for broke.
- 2:27:37SPEAKER_14: Go for broke.
- 2:27:40SPEAKER_14: And uh 23.
- 2:27:42SPEAKER_14: That hits.
- 2:27:42SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
- 2:27:44unknown: 17.
- 2:27:46SPEAKER_09: 10, 12, and 17, 29.
- 2:27:48SPEAKER_09: Did you want is that all the damage you're doing?
- 2:27:50SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 2:27:50SPEAKER_09: Okay, you kill it.
- 2:27:52SPEAKER_14: Oh.
- 2:27:52SPEAKER_14: Yay!
- 2:27:53SPEAKER_09: Not the not the bad guy, but the tendril.
- 2:27:55SPEAKER_09: The tendril.
- 2:27:56SPEAKER_01: I wasn't shooting the tendril.
- 2:27:57SPEAKER_09: Oh, then you don't kill it.
- 2:27:58SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 2:27:58SPEAKER_09: Then you don't kill it.
- 2:27:59SPEAKER_09: So 29, yeah.
- 2:28:00SPEAKER_09: So he's still grappled.
- 2:28:01SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 2:28:01SPEAKER_01: Is that the big one or the right?
- 2:28:02SPEAKER_09: Yeah, the big one.
- 2:28:02SPEAKER_09: That's the big one.
- 2:28:03SPEAKER_09: Yeah, I took it off the big one.
- 2:28:04unknown: Yeah.
- 2:28:05SPEAKER_09: That's all I can do.
- 2:28:06SPEAKER_09: Alright, Drunken, you're up.
- 2:28:07SPEAKER_09: What do you want to do?
- 2:28:08SPEAKER_11: You know what?
- 2:28:08SPEAKER_11: I'm gonna try because I can actually get the distance.
- 2:28:11SPEAKER_11: I'm gonna try and do guiding bolt.
- 2:28:15SPEAKER_11: Do it.
- 2:28:16SPEAKER_11: I mean as well.
- 2:28:18SPEAKER_14: No, right down the middle.
- 2:28:20SPEAKER_14: You absolutely should.
- 2:28:22SPEAKER_14: Isn't that just and is it a cantrip?
- 2:28:24SPEAKER_00: No.
- 2:28:24SPEAKER_14: No.
- 2:28:24SPEAKER_11: Oh and it doesn't matter if it's cantrib or anything, I still need to roll down.
- 2:28:28SPEAKER_11: No, cantrip should just try it.
- 2:28:30SPEAKER_11: But I my cantrib is only 60 feet in these fronts.
- 2:28:33SPEAKER_00: Yo, I've been wasting spell thoughts all day.
- 2:28:35SPEAKER_11: To grab my javelin?
- 2:28:36SPEAKER_11: No, there's one.
- 2:28:37SPEAKER_11: How far is he from us?
- 2:28:38SPEAKER_11: 70 feet.
- 2:28:39SPEAKER_14: Okay, so that's a slinger something.
- 2:28:42unknown: Nope.
- 2:28:42SPEAKER_14: I got a level.
- 2:28:43SPEAKER_14: Alright.
- 2:28:44SPEAKER_14: That's just the cleric system stuff.
- 2:28:46SPEAKER_14: Oleander, what do you want to do?
- 2:28:47SPEAKER_08: I am so torn.
- 2:28:48SPEAKER_08: Do I drink the next potion?
- 2:28:50SPEAKER_08: Because these keep being good versus do I You can't because I can cure poison, so you're okay.
- 2:28:56SPEAKER_11: You're totally gonna drink poison.
- 2:28:59SPEAKER_08: Well that answers one of your questions.
- 2:29:00SPEAKER_08: It answers one of my questions.
- 2:29:01SPEAKER_08: Oh not entirely, because I want to try and poison my vampiric cells too.
- 2:29:05SPEAKER_08: I'm pretty sure I would still.
- 2:29:08SPEAKER_08: I take the I'm not poison and drink it.
- 2:29:13SPEAKER_13: That has to be poison.
- 2:29:15SPEAKER_08: Probably the poison is.
- 2:29:17SPEAKER_08: I know what I'm gonna call this session.
- 2:29:20SPEAKER_08: Oh why am I rolling it myself?
- 2:29:23SPEAKER_08: Um I need to roll and oh wait, no, I don't know.
- 2:29:25SPEAKER_09: No, you're taking the one that we know what it is.
- 2:29:28SPEAKER_08: The labeled one.
- 2:29:29SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 2:29:29SPEAKER_09: Um I don't know what it is.
- 2:29:31SPEAKER_08: You know what it is.
- 2:29:32SPEAKER_09: Yeah, it's it's poison.
- 2:29:35SPEAKER_08: It's the doll that says I'm not haunted.
- 2:29:37SPEAKER_08: Yeah, yeah.
- 2:29:38SPEAKER_08: Okay, alright.
- 2:29:39SPEAKER_08: I poisoned myself.
- 2:29:40SPEAKER_08: How much damage?
- 2:29:41SPEAKER_09: Uh let me just look it up here.
- 2:29:42SPEAKER_08: It's totally not a haunted doll.
- 2:29:44SPEAKER_08: There's a haunted doll.
- 2:29:45SPEAKER_09: So do you drink the whole thing?
- 2:29:47SPEAKER_09: Like, is this supposed to be dipped or do you drink it?
- 2:29:49SPEAKER_09: She drinks it.
- 2:29:50SPEAKER_09: Uh, you must make a DC 13 constitution saving throw, please.
- 2:29:57SPEAKER_07: 18.
- 2:29:58SPEAKER_09: 18?
- 2:29:59SPEAKER_09: So you are not poisoned, but you will take the poisoning damage.
- 2:30:05SPEAKER_09: You will take 19 points of poisoning damage.
- 2:30:07SPEAKER_07: 19.
- 2:30:08SPEAKER_09: It's a good thing I healed you.
- 2:30:10SPEAKER_07: Yep.
- 2:30:10SPEAKER_07: Well, I wouldn't be dead, but I wouldn't be doing good.
- 2:30:13SPEAKER_09: Alright.
- 2:30:14SPEAKER_09: Anything else?
- 2:30:15SPEAKER_07: Um That's it.
- 2:30:23SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:30:23SPEAKER_09: Einar, the uh big guy's gonna try and get you again.
- 2:30:26SPEAKER_09: Twenty-one.
- 2:30:28SPEAKER_09: Son of the bitch grabs me.
- 2:30:29SPEAKER_09: He grabs you, so you are grappled by both again.
- 2:30:32SPEAKER_09: Uh the other one is gonna try and pull you, which it's not gonna be able to do because it's grappled by the other one.
- 2:30:37SPEAKER_09: Uh-oh.
- 2:30:37SPEAKER_09: But it's gonna move closer to you and oh yeah, that's the one.
- 2:30:40SPEAKER_09: No, he killed the other one.
- 2:30:41SPEAKER_09: Damn it.
- 2:30:41SPEAKER_09: So this guy's gonna move closer to you, but he's not close enough to.
- 2:30:46SPEAKER_09: Delphine, you're up.
- 2:30:47SPEAKER_09: Lighter in the middle.
- 2:30:52SPEAKER_08: I'm going to try.
- 2:30:53SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna send Miram in the face of the big guy.
- 2:30:55SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna try and shoot the big guy in the face.
- 2:30:58SPEAKER_09: You can do this.
- 2:31:00SPEAKER_09: Yay.
- 2:31:01SPEAKER_09: Big guy's annoyed now.
- 2:31:03SPEAKER_08: Alright, get the spell off.
- 2:31:04SPEAKER_08: Dirty 20.
- 2:31:06SPEAKER_08: Now I'm gonna roll the hit.
- 2:31:10SPEAKER_08: Uh 17.
- 2:31:13SPEAKER_09: 17 does not hit.
- 2:31:14SPEAKER_08: No, okay.
- 2:31:15SPEAKER_08: The mirror's still flying in his face.
- 2:31:17SPEAKER_09: Yes, surely.
- 2:31:18SPEAKER_09: Drax!
- 2:31:19SPEAKER_02: Okay, Drax is gonna basically go to the javelin.
- 2:31:24SPEAKER_09: That's right beside you.
- 2:31:25SPEAKER_02: Yep.
- 2:31:25SPEAKER_02: That is right beside me, and he is going to throw it at the big guy recklessly.
- 2:31:30SPEAKER_02: Go for it.
- 2:31:34SPEAKER_02: And I roll an 18.
- 2:31:36SPEAKER_02: That does not hit.
- 2:31:37SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:31:39SPEAKER_02: And uh, I'm gonna make sure the echo is uh close to me.
- 2:31:42SPEAKER_09: Okay, Einer, you're up.
- 2:31:43SPEAKER_09: Capbled by two?
- 2:31:45SPEAKER_09: Grapple by deuce.
- 2:31:47SPEAKER_04: No.
- 2:31:51SPEAKER_04: The big guy's tongue took damage and hasn't broken yet.
- 2:31:56SPEAKER_09: Uh that one was already broken.
- 2:31:59SPEAKER_09: It was re-grappled, so this is a fresh one.
- 2:32:01SPEAKER_04: This is a fresh one.
- 2:32:02SPEAKER_04: Fresh?
- 2:32:03SPEAKER_04: I'm like, get off of me! And I attack him recklessly.
- 2:32:08SPEAKER_04: And I would do a solid hit, I would believe, at 26?
- 2:32:12SPEAKER_04: 26 hits.
- 2:32:17SPEAKER_04: Oh man! Oh.
- 2:32:19SPEAKER_04: Only like seven seven times.
- 2:32:22SPEAKER_09: Okay, it's not enough.
- 2:32:23SPEAKER_09: You're still grappled.
- 2:32:24SPEAKER_04: I attack again! Twenty-four!
- 2:32:26SPEAKER_09: That hits.
- 2:32:27SPEAKER_09: Still hits.
- 2:32:29SPEAKER_09: Hey, much better hit.
- 2:32:30SPEAKER_09: 10! Okay, you're still grappled.
- 2:32:33SPEAKER_02: My turn.
- 2:32:35SPEAKER_02: Enough damage.
- 2:32:37SPEAKER_09: Alright, you're uproll.
- 2:32:38SPEAKER_14: Okay, and do I still have advantage from Miram?
- 2:32:40SPEAKER_08: Miriam's flying in the face.
- 2:32:41SPEAKER_14: Yeah, Miriam is still flying in the face of the big guy.
- 2:32:47SPEAKER_14: Uh so 25.
- 2:32:49SPEAKER_14: That hits.
- 2:32:50SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 2:32:50SPEAKER_14: 40 damage on the first shot.
- 2:32:52SPEAKER_09: You kill the first guy.
- 2:32:53SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:32:54SPEAKER_09: The big guy is.
- 2:32:55SPEAKER_14: Okay, last one.
- 2:32:59SPEAKER_09: I miss.
- 2:33:00SPEAKER_09: Missed.
- 2:33:01SPEAKER_09: What did you get?
- 2:33:02SPEAKER_09: Did you remember?
- 2:33:03SPEAKER_09: The number?
- 2:33:04SPEAKER_09: Uh 14.
- 2:33:05SPEAKER_09: 14.
- 2:33:06SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:33:06SPEAKER_09: That does not hit.
- 2:33:07SPEAKER_09: Sorry.
- 2:33:07SPEAKER_09: I just yeah.
- 2:33:08SPEAKER_09: That's okay.
- 2:33:08SPEAKER_09: Uh Druken, what do you want to do?
- 2:33:10SPEAKER_09: Missed.
- 2:33:10SPEAKER_11: You know what?
- 2:33:11SPEAKER_11: I will try and maze.
- 2:33:14SPEAKER_09: By the way, this last one has zero has not taken any damage.
- 2:33:17SPEAKER_09: I know.
- 2:33:17SPEAKER_11: He's fresh.
- 2:33:18SPEAKER_11: Fresh.
- 2:33:19SPEAKER_11: I will maze well.
- 2:33:22SPEAKER_11: And guardian bolt him again.
- 2:33:24SPEAKER_11: Go for it.
- 2:33:25SPEAKER_11: Let's see if I can actually negatory.
- 2:33:29SPEAKER_11: I got nate.
- 2:33:30SPEAKER_09: Alrighty.
- 2:33:32SPEAKER_09: Leander, what would you like to do?
- 2:33:33SPEAKER_08: Um I mean, although I'm curious about all the rest of the vials, I will save those for later.
- 2:33:41SPEAKER_07: And I am just going to see if I can uh cast Albert Blast, but I don't.
- 2:33:51SPEAKER_07: I do not succeed.
- 2:33:53SPEAKER_07: And that's about it.
- 2:33:55SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:33:58SPEAKER_09: And now it Will be the solo ropers turned.
- 2:34:04SPEAKER_09: It is currently still grappling, so it no longer is uh having the issue.
- 2:34:10SPEAKER_09: It will pull you 25 feet straight towards it.
- 2:34:14SPEAKER_09: And make it a uh bite attack.
- 2:34:18SPEAKER_09: Uh at disadvantage because you haven't taken any damage.
- 2:34:20SPEAKER_04: I've attacked recklessly.
- 2:34:22SPEAKER_09: Oh, that is correct.
- 2:34:22SPEAKER_09: It's a straight roll.
- 2:34:23SPEAKER_04: I kind of gave away my position by attacking recklessly.
- 2:34:27SPEAKER_09: That was an eight, so 15 does not hit you.
- 2:34:30SPEAKER_09: You're able to just get away from it.
- 2:34:32SPEAKER_09: Delphine, what do you want to do?
- 2:34:34SPEAKER_08: Uh the big one is he looking real.
- 2:34:36SPEAKER_08: Oh, the big one's dead.
- 2:34:38SPEAKER_08: It's just the one left.
- 2:34:39SPEAKER_08: Alright, Miriam's gonna fly in its face and I'll try and fireball.
- 2:34:42SPEAKER_09: Its face is flown in.
- 2:34:43SPEAKER_08: Its face is flown in.
- 2:34:45SPEAKER_09: You're gonna try and get this one off?
- 2:34:46SPEAKER_11: She's been getting them off pretty good.
- 2:34:48SPEAKER_09: She's getting them all off, actually.
- 2:34:50SPEAKER_09: Does it help her?
- 2:34:50SPEAKER_14: She's holding the dice like that.
- 2:34:51SPEAKER_04: It's a great thing.
- 2:34:52SPEAKER_14: I apparently like getting lurkers off.
- 2:34:56SPEAKER_14: She has a thing for cryptids.
- 2:34:58SPEAKER_08: She distinctly does not.
- 2:35:00SPEAKER_08: That's your jam.
- 2:35:03SPEAKER_08: She has a thing for living creatures.
- 2:35:05SPEAKER_08: Living human beings.
- 2:35:05SPEAKER_08: Well, not human.
- 2:35:06SPEAKER_08: You didn't say human beings.
- 2:35:07SPEAKER_08: I got it off.
- 2:35:08SPEAKER_04: Yes, you did.
- 2:35:10SPEAKER_04: It's everywhere.
- 2:35:10SPEAKER_04: How about that encrypted?
- 2:35:12SPEAKER_04: I just realized that.
- 2:35:14SPEAKER_08: She has a type, very specific type, though it might be branching out.
- 2:35:17SPEAKER_08: Who knows?
- 2:35:19SPEAKER_08: Uh 20.
- 2:35:20SPEAKER_08: no.
- 2:35:21SPEAKER_08: Yeah, 21 to hit.
- 2:35:22SPEAKER_09: That hits, yep.
- 2:35:23SPEAKER_09: This is just a little the same regular size guy.
- 2:35:26SPEAKER_08: Yeah, I'm just hitting the bot, the main map guy.
- 2:35:29SPEAKER_08: Uh 14 fire damage.
- 2:35:31SPEAKER_09: Take him.
- 2:35:32SPEAKER_08: And yeah.
- 2:35:35SPEAKER_02: Drax.
- 2:35:36SPEAKER_02: Uh Dirax is going to try to have my senses go through the echo.
- 2:35:42SPEAKER_02: Go for it.
- 2:35:44SPEAKER_02: I do not.
- 2:35:45SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:35:45SPEAKER_02: Uh, that's my turn.
- 2:35:46SPEAKER_02: Okay, I know, you're up.
- 2:35:48SPEAKER_02: Still grappled.
- 2:35:49SPEAKER_04: I'm like, you wanna dance?
- 2:35:50SPEAKER_04: Let's try to try to knock out Keith.
- 2:35:53SPEAKER_04: Recklessly.
- 2:35:54SPEAKER_04: You're attacking it?
- 2:35:54SPEAKER_04: I'm attacking him.
- 2:35:55SPEAKER_04: We're going.
- 2:35:56SPEAKER_04: I'm not beside him, why not?
- 2:35:57SPEAKER_04: Go for it.
- 2:36:00SPEAKER_04: This is 100% what Einar would be doing.
- 2:36:02SPEAKER_04: I can optimize.
- 2:36:04SPEAKER_04: Yes.
- 2:36:04SPEAKER_04: So 20 um 27?
- 2:36:08SPEAKER_09: That hits.
- 2:36:09SPEAKER_04: Barely.
- 2:36:11SPEAKER_04: Into the face we go.
- 2:36:12SPEAKER_04: That's not like 21.
- 2:36:14SPEAKER_04: Yes! Oh 20.
- 2:36:15SPEAKER_04: Yes! That's a much better situation.
- 2:36:17SPEAKER_04: 13 damage.
- 2:36:19SPEAKER_04: Taken.
- 2:36:22SPEAKER_04: We do 20.
- 2:36:25SPEAKER_04: 5.
- 2:36:26SPEAKER_04: That hits.
- 2:36:27SPEAKER_04: Cracks another big fist into the face.
- 2:36:29SPEAKER_04: Max damage for me right now on my base.
- 2:36:32SPEAKER_04: Uh so we are 14 damage.
- 2:36:35SPEAKER_09: Taken.
- 2:36:36SPEAKER_09: And that would be my turn.
- 2:36:37SPEAKER_04: Very good.
- 2:36:37SPEAKER_04: I'm punching a roper in the face, standing on the roof of a cavern over a chasm.
- 2:36:41SPEAKER_04: It's a pretty epic sight.
- 2:36:42SPEAKER_04: Not crit, but still good damage.
- 2:36:44SPEAKER_14: Very good damage.
- 2:36:45SPEAKER_14: 16 and 17, 33.
- 2:36:48SPEAKER_14: Taken?
- 2:36:48SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 2:36:49SPEAKER_14: He's not looking good.
- 2:36:50SPEAKER_14: Seven shot, regular hit.
- 2:36:52SPEAKER_14: Uh 21 is a hit.
- 2:36:55SPEAKER_14: That hits.
- 2:36:57SPEAKER_14: And that is 11 damage.
- 2:36:59SPEAKER_09: Ooh, he's beat up bad.
- 2:37:01SPEAKER_09: Real bad.
- 2:37:02SPEAKER_09: Drunken, you're up.
- 2:37:03SPEAKER_14: Sorry guys, I refuse to put more numbers to try it again.
- 2:37:06SPEAKER_14: It's so great.
- 2:37:07SPEAKER_09: You can do this.
- 2:37:09SPEAKER_09: You can do this.
- 2:37:11SPEAKER_14: No!
- 2:37:12SPEAKER_09: Can't do this.
- 2:37:14SPEAKER_09: Oleander, you're up.
- 2:37:16SPEAKER_08: Um, I will just I'll I'll They're all going to the Gillatnis cube.
- 2:37:22SPEAKER_08: All of uh we're putting all of our bad D20s in the Gilletness cube.
- 2:37:25unknown: We're not fitting.
- 2:37:27SPEAKER_08: There's too many baby dice to do it.
- 2:37:29SPEAKER_09: We have a do we have a dice gel right there.
- 2:37:31SPEAKER_08: It wasn't near me though.
- 2:37:33SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 2:37:33SPEAKER_08: Oh worst.
- 2:37:34SPEAKER_08: Um I'm gonna see if I can get up at Elder's Blast again.
- 2:37:37SPEAKER_08: 20! Yay! Yay! No, no, sorry, that wasn't the to hit, that was to cast.
- 2:37:42SPEAKER_09: Okay, now you gotta hit it.
- 2:37:43SPEAKER_08: Okay, so now I need three fire or elder blasts.
- 2:37:48SPEAKER_08: 19 is the lowest.
- 2:37:50SPEAKER_09: That does not hit.
- 2:37:52SPEAKER_08: Okay, next up is 25.
- 2:37:54SPEAKER_09: That hits.
- 2:37:55SPEAKER_08: And 26.
- 2:37:56SPEAKER_09: That hits.
- 2:37:56SPEAKER_08: Okay, so two hit.
- 2:37:58SPEAKER_08: Casting through granddad.
- 2:38:03SPEAKER_09: Busicals.
- 2:38:04unknown: Oh my god.
- 2:38:05SPEAKER_08: Okay, well, um, 15.
- 2:38:07SPEAKER_09: Can you do any more damage?
- 2:38:09SPEAKER_08: I can mock it incessantly, emotionally damaging it, but that doesn't hurt.
- 2:38:14SPEAKER_08: It's physical body.
- 2:38:15SPEAKER_09: You kill it.
- 2:38:16SPEAKER_09: It's dead.
- 2:38:20SPEAKER_09: And that is the end.
- 2:38:21SPEAKER_09: Now, there are still a whole bunch of them that are standing in stasis that haven't moved yet, but you can kind of see them kind of blinking their eyes towards I.
- 2:38:31SPEAKER_09: Those are just the ones that move.
- 2:38:32SPEAKER_09: And run away, I don't run away.
- 2:38:35SPEAKER_04: Go for the other side of the cave.
- 2:38:36SPEAKER_04: Go for the other thing.
- 2:38:37SPEAKER_04: How far along that line?
- 2:38:38SPEAKER_09: You have 70 feet to go.
- 2:38:39SPEAKER_09: You can go to the other side if you want.
- 2:38:42SPEAKER_09: 70 feet to go back?
- 2:38:43SPEAKER_09: 70 feet to go back?
- 2:38:45SPEAKER_09: Like 30 feet to get there.
- 2:38:46SPEAKER_09: That's what I thought.
- 2:38:46SPEAKER_04: I thought it was like to go back, yeah.
- 2:38:50SPEAKER_09: That's okay.
- 2:38:50SPEAKER_00: So you'd be alone on the other end.
- 2:38:52SPEAKER_04: Yeah, at the other end, though.
- 2:38:55SPEAKER_04: I don't have to worry about anybody else.
- 2:38:56SPEAKER_04: And I can move.
- 2:38:57SPEAKER_04: Mm-hmm.
- 2:38:58SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 2:38:58SPEAKER_04: So I'm gonna move 40 feet while disengaging as my action.
- 2:39:02SPEAKER_04: For sure.
- 2:39:02SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 2:39:03SPEAKER_04: They're not within range, so you're fine.
- 2:39:04SPEAKER_09: They're not within range.
- 2:39:05SPEAKER_09: You're good.
- 2:39:06SPEAKER_09: 80 feet.
- 2:39:07SPEAKER_09: Full on sprint.
- 2:39:08SPEAKER_09: Yep, you're you're down here.
- 2:39:09SPEAKER_09: Full on sprint.
- 2:39:10SPEAKER_09: Don't along other side.
- 2:39:11SPEAKER_09: Awesome.
- 2:39:12SPEAKER_09: You make it.
- 2:39:12SPEAKER_08: Purely as a role play thing.
- 2:39:14SPEAKER_08: Delphine's in the room.
- 2:39:15SPEAKER_08: She's like.
- 2:39:17SPEAKER_09: And with that, we're gonna take a much needed break.
- 2:39:22SPEAKER_11: This is Drewkin.
- 2:39:23SPEAKER_11: Thanks for showing up and enjoy the show.
- 2:39:27SPEAKER_07: We are not thank you for listening to our dissident whispers.
- 2:39:31SPEAKER_07: We'll get back to stalking the shadows after this short break.
- 2:39:35SPEAKER_09: Okay, so now you guys are on the beginning side.
- 2:39:41SPEAKER_09: The five of you.
- 2:39:42SPEAKER_09: Einar is all the way on the other side of the cavern now, and you can see the creatures are now shuffling and redistributing themselves along to be filling up that space that was just taken out.
- 2:39:54SPEAKER_00: How high is the ceiling from the floor?
- 2:39:56SPEAKER_09: It's 45 feet straight up.
- 2:39:58SPEAKER_00: And my knowledge of the ropers that I get, do I know how hard far they can reach to the ground?
- 2:40:02SPEAKER_09: You all saw them reach 50 feet with their tendons.
- 2:40:05SPEAKER_09: Can I still see them?
- 2:40:06SPEAKER_09: You can still see them.
- 2:40:07SPEAKER_14: Alright, well, if he I know that Einer's on the other side, so I'm gonna literally just keep shooting at them, seeing if I can clear a path over time.
- 2:40:14SPEAKER_09: Okay, that's gonna take a while if you're just doing that on your own.
- 2:40:17SPEAKER_14: Oh that's fine.
- 2:40:18SPEAKER_09: But it's just something to do while he's over on the other side.
- 2:40:21SPEAKER_09: Okay, well, yeah, I'll let you uh okay, we'll yeah, we'll play that on.
- 2:40:25SPEAKER_09: I'll do the math on that.
- 2:40:26SPEAKER_09: Exactly.
- 2:40:27SPEAKER_08: How far away across the cavern is it again?
- 2:40:30SPEAKER_09: It's uh almost 120 feet.
- 2:40:32SPEAKER_09: It's like 120, 130 feet.
- 2:40:33SPEAKER_09: It's quite a ways.
- 2:40:34SPEAKER_08: I just need to know if it was 120 feet.
- 2:40:36SPEAKER_09: Uh, sure.
- 2:40:38SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna try and do message to you.
- 2:40:41SPEAKER_09: She's gonna send you a massage.
- 2:40:43SPEAKER_08: Send you a massage.
- 2:40:45SPEAKER_08: Is it gonna be a reprimand?
- 2:40:47SPEAKER_08: Uh get him off, apparently.
- 2:40:51SPEAKER_04: Jeez, I'm a lucky guy in this game.
- 2:40:52SPEAKER_04: I'm on the other side of the cavern.
- 2:40:54SPEAKER_04: Ah.
- 2:40:55SPEAKER_08: Except he starts glimmering.
- 2:40:58SPEAKER_08: No, Melvin is angry with him, so it would be more of a grip and less of a jerk.
- 2:41:05SPEAKER_04: Well, I'm new to this stuff, so he might like it.
- 2:41:09SPEAKER_08: I'm not saying what your cake is, I'm just saying that that's the motion she's gonna be.
- 2:41:13SPEAKER_04: Hey, go ahead.
- 2:41:14SPEAKER_04: Like, he's ready to get off.
- 2:41:17SPEAKER_08: What are you doing?
- 2:41:19SPEAKER_08: We can't get across there safely.
- 2:41:21SPEAKER_08: If something bad happens, you are on your own and you can reply to this message.
- 2:41:26SPEAKER_04: I'm like investigating the pool, seeing what's here, and getting back quickly as I can.
- 2:41:34SPEAKER_04: Besides, he's clearing a path.
- 2:41:38SPEAKER_14: I guess you just hear me shooting arrows.
- 2:41:40SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 2:41:43SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:41:44SPEAKER_09: Uh so yeah, you move uh past into the room, and you see what we've described earlier, which is like uh cavern.
- 2:41:52SPEAKER_09: Now you're on the other side now of the magical barrier.
- 2:41:55SPEAKER_09: You pass right through it, whoop, you go through, and uh you are now able to move through the area.
- 2:42:03SPEAKER_09: And there's uh a crystal clear hole as you see these large big um support beams that are probably 15 feet across all throughout this cavern, and it's roughly around 70 feet long, 50 feet wide, and you can walk all throughout.
- 2:42:22SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:42:24SPEAKER_04: So this uh crystal clear pool, where is it coming from?
- 2:42:29SPEAKER_04: It is in the ground.
- 2:42:30SPEAKER_04: It's in the ground, so it's coming out from the ground, it looks like it's not moving at all.
- 2:42:34SPEAKER_09: It is not moving at all.
- 2:42:36SPEAKER_09: What seems so out of place about it?
- 2:42:38SPEAKER_09: Is this is it Well, I I didn't tell you that it was out of place, I told Drax.
- 2:42:44SPEAKER_04: You relate it to the water.
- 2:42:45SPEAKER_09: He said it was special water.
- 2:42:46SPEAKER_04: Hey, special water, okay.
- 2:42:48SPEAKER_04: What seems so special to my brother about this water?
- 2:42:51SPEAKER_04: I'm gonna investigate myself.
- 2:42:52SPEAKER_04: I'm just gonna come, I'm gonna investigate around the board.
- 2:42:53SPEAKER_09: That's what you should be doing.
- 2:42:54SPEAKER_04: I'm investigating around the board of the pool.
- 2:42:56SPEAKER_04: I'm gonna look into it and uh I'm seeing if I can determine its source and just you know roll your investigation, please.
- 2:43:03SPEAKER_04: I have no idea.
- 2:43:04SPEAKER_04: Let's do it looks it looks refreshing.
- 2:43:09SPEAKER_04: It looks like water.
- 2:43:11SPEAKER_04: I stick my finger in it.
- 2:43:13SPEAKER_04: Actually, wait a minute.
- 2:43:14SPEAKER_04: I wanna think to Noctus.
- 2:43:16SPEAKER_04: Where's what we're looking for?
- 2:43:19SPEAKER_04: You wanted me to come over here?
- 2:43:24unknown: Keep moving.
- 2:43:27SPEAKER_04: So I'm uh going to take out the empty bottle of the superior healing potion.
- 2:43:34SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 2:43:35SPEAKER_04: That I use to help my body drinking with.
- 2:43:38SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 2:43:38SPEAKER_04: And I'd like to fill some of this water into it.
- 2:43:41SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 2:43:42SPEAKER_04: Um specifically as a scene to see if I if it does drain the pool at all or uh the bottle?
- 2:43:48SPEAKER_09: How big is the bottle?
- 2:43:49SPEAKER_09: It's a superior healing potion, isn't it?
- 2:43:51SPEAKER_09: Yeah, but it's yeah, so you'll take water out of it, yeah?
- 2:43:54SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 2:43:54SPEAKER_09: And it doesn't yeah, like the the level goes down a tiny bit.
- 2:44:00SPEAKER_09: Like it's not.
- 2:44:01SPEAKER_09: It's just like you would take if you were to take a glass of water out of a bathtub.
- 2:44:04SPEAKER_09: Let's check.
- 2:44:07SPEAKER_04: So, let's see, what many other vials can I get out of this thing?
- 2:44:12SPEAKER_00: Are the ropers just Yep, they're just like Can he fill it without touching the water?
- 2:44:17SPEAKER_08: Are there any around the edge of the room?
- 2:44:20SPEAKER_09: Yeah, they've now filled the holes and they're all back around the edges again, and they're not as many as there were, but they're still within like 15 feet of each other.
- 2:44:29SPEAKER_02: Can we yell across to Einar?
- 2:44:32SPEAKER_09: It's pretty far.
- 2:44:33SPEAKER_09: That's pretty far.
- 2:44:34SPEAKER_09: And he's now gone and he's around the corner.
- 2:44:36unknown: Okay.
- 2:44:36SPEAKER_14: He's a hear us, probably, but he just we don't really know what he's doing, right?
- 2:44:40unknown: Yeah.
- 2:44:41SPEAKER_09: Well, I think it would be like uncomprehensible yelling.
- 2:44:44SPEAKER_00: Are we following him?
- 2:44:46SPEAKER_00: Are we staying here?
- 2:44:48SPEAKER_11: Well, I I can't go over here.
- 2:44:49SPEAKER_09: Can mirror.
- 2:44:50SPEAKER_08: You were successfully skirting the edge.
- 2:44:54SPEAKER_08: How far how far out did Delphine get when she was skirting the water?
- 2:44:57SPEAKER_08: I didn't go far.
- 2:44:58SPEAKER_09: Not far, like five feet.
- 2:44:59SPEAKER_01: I didn't try that far, and I didn't want to get too separated.
- 2:45:02SPEAKER_01: But also, we've got our friends on C.
- 2:45:04SPEAKER_14: Yeah, I would say we don't want to.
- 2:45:06SPEAKER_14: I would say we were just waiting for him.
- 2:45:07SPEAKER_14: What are you doing, I'll letting them.
- 2:45:10SPEAKER_14: You could send mirror.
- 2:45:12SPEAKER_00: I can't see through her too far, but I can send her.
- 2:45:14SPEAKER_14: Oh, I didn't know that.
- 2:45:15SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 2:45:16SPEAKER_00: I only have a limited range.
- 2:45:17SPEAKER_04: I don't know so I'm around this pool.
- 2:45:21SPEAKER_04: I really want to he's scanning the area.
- 2:45:23SPEAKER_04: I'm looking for any hidey hole.
- 2:45:28SPEAKER_04: It's trying to assessment, right?
- 2:45:29SPEAKER_04: I'm looking for where if it seems right.
- 2:45:32SPEAKER_04: It looks pretty safe in this area.
- 2:45:35SPEAKER_04: I'm gonna stick my finger in the pool.
- 2:45:37SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 2:45:38SPEAKER_04: Nothing major.
- 2:45:39SPEAKER_04: It's cool to the touch.
- 2:45:40SPEAKER_04: Cool to the touch.
- 2:45:43SPEAKER_02: Stu.
- 2:45:44SPEAKER_02: Can I try to um do the thing where I spicy through my echo?
- 2:45:50SPEAKER_02: Yeah, of course.
- 2:45:51SPEAKER_02: Um could I like theoretically just keep trying or just one roll type of thing?
- 2:45:58SPEAKER_09: Uh yeah, well, I'll give you two.
- 2:45:59SPEAKER_09: You can try twice.
- 2:46:00SPEAKER_09: Twice?
- 2:46:01SPEAKER_09: Any more than that will it's spamming it, right?
- 2:46:03SPEAKER_09: Okay, that's a lot.
- 2:46:03SPEAKER_02: That works for that.
- 2:46:04SPEAKER_02: Uh what does that say?
- 2:46:06SPEAKER_02: 12.
- 2:46:06SPEAKER_02: 12, okay.
- 2:46:07SPEAKER_02: That's one.
- 2:46:10SPEAKER_02: 19?
- 2:46:10SPEAKER_02: 19.
- 2:46:12SPEAKER_02: Wait.
- 2:46:13SPEAKER_02: Oh, 19.
- 2:46:14SPEAKER_02: You got it.
- 2:46:15SPEAKER_10: Because it's 061.
- 2:46:17SPEAKER_02: Alright, I'm going to have my echo float towards Einar.
- 2:46:23SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:46:23SPEAKER_09: And he can now go a thousand feet, right?
- 2:46:25SPEAKER_09: Yes.
- 2:46:26SPEAKER_09: Okay, cool, yeah.
- 2:46:26SPEAKER_09: So he floats towards him.
- 2:46:28SPEAKER_09: Excellent.
- 2:46:29SPEAKER_02: This isn't Mr.
- 2:46:30SPEAKER_02: Drex, though.
- 2:46:31SPEAKER_02: It's not Mr.
- 2:46:32SPEAKER_02: Drex, because it's already a summoned Echo.
- 2:46:35SPEAKER_09: Okay, and you're staying low to the ground?
- 2:46:37SPEAKER_02: Uh, well, he's just floating.
- 2:46:39SPEAKER_09: He's not touching.
- 2:46:40SPEAKER_09: Like right off the ground, but not on the ground.
- 2:46:42SPEAKER_02: Yeah, like five, ten feet.
- 2:46:43SPEAKER_02: Doesn't matter, honestly, really.
- 2:46:44SPEAKER_02: Well, it matters.
- 2:46:47SPEAKER_02: He is ten feet above the ground, floating that way.
- 2:46:52SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:46:57SPEAKER_09: Oh, you lucky bastard.
- 2:46:59SPEAKER_09: Alright, you're good.
- 2:47:00SPEAKER_09: You get to the other side.
- 2:47:01SPEAKER_02: Alright.
- 2:47:02SPEAKER_02: My uh with uh I'd like to do an attack through it into, I guess, the dirt on the ground.
- 2:47:08SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:47:08SPEAKER_02: And I'd essentially like to hit it where I go like that, and then hit it like that, and hit it like that to effectively make the number four.
- 2:47:19SPEAKER_02: To try to communicate that we would like, could this be the water for the four gallons for that jar thing?
- 2:47:28SPEAKER_08: I like to think that that is exactly the wordage Trax would use.
- 2:47:32SPEAKER_08: Well, he's making the four because I can make the jar thing.
- 2:47:36SPEAKER_09: Okay, I see what you're trying to say.
- 2:47:38SPEAKER_09: You're trying to make a message for Einar.
- 2:47:40SPEAKER_02: But I can only do a four because I can't actually communicate through it.
- 2:47:45SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:47:45SPEAKER_02: So I don't know if that would make sense to him.
- 2:47:49SPEAKER_02: You've got my attention.
- 2:47:50SPEAKER_02: But that's what I'm saying.
- 2:47:51SPEAKER_02: Well, you're not at you're not uh are you with him?
- 2:47:53SPEAKER_02: Well, eventually, yeah, because I can't do it.
- 2:47:54SPEAKER_02: Okay, so you're going right to him.
- 2:47:55SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:47:55SPEAKER_02: And then made the four.
- 2:47:56SPEAKER_09: Alright, so you see you see the echo come floating in, and the echo uh do a performance check.
- 2:48:02SPEAKER_02: Can you see find my skills here?
- 2:48:04SPEAKER_02: Can you see through your echo?
- 2:48:06SPEAKER_02: I can see through the echo right now, yes.
- 2:48:08SPEAKER_02: Uh performance.
- 2:48:10SPEAKER_04: I do see you stomped the thing four times.
- 2:48:13SPEAKER_04: No, that's not no.
- 2:48:14SPEAKER_04: I don't think it is enough for me either.
- 2:48:17SPEAKER_09: It's all based on what he rolls.
- 2:48:18SPEAKER_00: The horse that counts.
- 2:48:20SPEAKER_09: I can't do it.
- 2:48:21SPEAKER_09: I just watched it but it got my attention.
- 2:48:26SPEAKER_09: Just roll the regular dice and edit it.
- 2:48:27SPEAKER_02: Alright, there it is.
- 2:48:29SPEAKER_02: Five.
- 2:48:31SPEAKER_02: So roll the regular dice.
- 2:48:32SPEAKER_09: So roll the five.
- 2:48:34SPEAKER_04: All I understand or really get is that you're smacking your hammer on the face.
- 2:48:36SPEAKER_09: He's trying to get your attention, that's all you know.
- 2:48:38SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:48:38SPEAKER_09: So I And then that it doesn't actually look like anything on the ground, just like strikes.
- 2:48:42SPEAKER_04: I will come over to him and I will make our sign layer symbol for what?
- 2:48:47SPEAKER_02: I don't know if I can do that through the I I assuming the performance check was me trying to communicate for.
- 2:48:54SPEAKER_02: I don't know if I could do more than that.
- 2:48:56SPEAKER_04: Yeah, you don't know.
- 2:48:57SPEAKER_02: At least not through the go.
- 2:49:00SPEAKER_04: Well, I've collected.
- 2:49:01SPEAKER_04: I'll c I'm going back to the water.
- 2:49:03SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 2:49:04SPEAKER_04: It responded like normal water going into the flask, I assume.
- 2:49:07SPEAKER_04: Oh yeah.
- 2:49:08SPEAKER_04: And me swirling it.
- 2:49:09SPEAKER_04: Yep, it it looks and feels like normal water.
- 2:49:12SPEAKER_09: But I don't know where it's fully come from yet.
- 2:49:14SPEAKER_09: You don't know where it's coming from and you don't know what it is.
- 2:49:17SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna call it to Drax.
- 2:49:19SPEAKER_08: Can your echo try and pull some of the ropers' attention?
- 2:49:24SPEAKER_02: Yes.
- 2:49:25SPEAKER_02: Yes, it could.
- 2:49:27SPEAKER_02: I if you want me to, I can have it fly up to the ropers.
- 2:49:31SPEAKER_02: It'd definitely get their attention.
- 2:49:33SPEAKER_08: We were thinking that if Delphine successfully went a little bit skirting along the edge of the wall, maybe she could go further if we attached a rope to her and then she inched her way out while we held the end of the rope to see.
- 2:49:48SPEAKER_08: And that way if she fell, she's we're holding on to her, we can pull her back if she falls.
- 2:49:55SPEAKER_08: Because we're strong enough together.
- 2:49:57SPEAKER_02: Well, and if you get to the other side, you can cast spells.
- 2:50:00SPEAKER_02: Oh, I didn't think about that.
- 2:50:02SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 2:50:03SPEAKER_08: If if if we if we are able to successfully skirt along by and and you know, through testing it through a 50-foot example, then that would give us the knowledge of can we all skirt?
- 2:50:16SPEAKER_08: As it is, I'm fairly hurt for my abilities for the day.
- 2:50:24SPEAKER_02: But that might be a place to all rest.
- 2:50:26SPEAKER_08: Or do we just see if he can make it back?
- 2:50:28SPEAKER_00: Like we can't even talk to him.
- 2:50:32SPEAKER_09: It's a great place to all rest.
- 2:50:34SPEAKER_09: But you gotta get there.
- 2:50:35SPEAKER_02: You got enough dimension doors to bring us back and forth?
- 2:50:38SPEAKER_02: Well, I can defin I can absolutely distract.
- 2:50:42SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 2:50:42SPEAKER_08: Like if he's picking them off and you are distracting them.
- 2:50:46SPEAKER_08: No, you can only distract them for so long until they hit your echo, though.
- 2:50:49SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 2:50:50SPEAKER_02: True, but I did think of stuff.
- 2:50:53SPEAKER_04: I know, what are you doing?
- 2:50:55SPEAKER_04: I'll take a sip of the water.
- 2:50:57SPEAKER_04: It's about time.
- 2:50:58SPEAKER_04: Alright.
- 2:51:00SPEAKER_04: Why would you do that?
- 2:51:01SPEAKER_04: See what happens?
- 2:51:02SPEAKER_04: Because it's a yes and.
- 2:51:04SPEAKER_04: The DMs put it out there, I'd put it.
- 2:51:06SPEAKER_04: I it's a beautiful amount of water.
- 2:51:10SPEAKER_08: MO bar party.
- 2:51:11SPEAKER_13: All right.
- 2:51:12SPEAKER_08: Touch it.
- 2:51:13SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 2:51:14SPEAKER_13: Can you put it in your mouth?
- 2:51:16SPEAKER_08: I can put it in my mouth.
- 2:51:17SPEAKER_08: I shove it in my face.
- 2:51:19SPEAKER_09: Need you to make a constitution statement throw, please.
- 2:51:22SPEAKER_09: And a bit.
- 2:51:23SPEAKER_09: And fail.
- 2:51:24SPEAKER_09: Damn it.
- 2:51:30SPEAKER_04: 20.
- 2:51:31SPEAKER_09: Natural 20?
- 2:51:32SPEAKER_04: Natural 20 with 20 ink dice.
- 2:51:35SPEAKER_04: I love you so much.
- 2:51:36SPEAKER_04: Plus what?
- 2:51:37SPEAKER_09: Plus what?
- 2:51:37SPEAKER_09: Plus seven.
- 2:51:38SPEAKER_09: Plus seven?
- 2:51:39SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 2:51:40SPEAKER_09: So not as bad, but still still not great.
- 2:51:43SPEAKER_00: Not as bad.
- 2:51:44SPEAKER_09: Um, I need you to roll uh two D10s, please.
- 2:51:49SPEAKER_09: Two D10s.
- 2:51:53SPEAKER_04: Oh, I hope this is not bad.
- 2:51:55SPEAKER_04: That was a good roll.
- 2:51:56SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 2:51:56SPEAKER_09: 17.
- 2:51:57SPEAKER_09: 17?
- 2:51:58SPEAKER_04: You don't know what you're rolling for.
- 2:51:59SPEAKER_04: I know.
- 2:52:00SPEAKER_04: That's what I said.
- 2:52:00SPEAKER_09: I hope this ain't bad.
- 2:52:02SPEAKER_09: As you dip your hands into the water and drink it, little bits of drop drops fall from your mouth and land in the water and ripple it.
- 2:52:10SPEAKER_09: And as the water ripples, you watch as you age 17 years.
- 2:52:19SPEAKER_09: Oh wow, interesting.
- 2:52:21SPEAKER_09: So you all of a sudden little tufts of gray start to form on the sides of your head from the stress of aging so rapidly.
- 2:52:30SPEAKER_14: When he saved?
- 2:52:32SPEAKER_09: When he saved.
- 2:52:34SPEAKER_09: You do not get an exhaustion point.
- 2:52:39SPEAKER_09: But you have aged by 17 years.
- 2:52:42SPEAKER_04: Alright, so um.
- 2:52:45SPEAKER_04: Yeah, I know.
- 2:52:45SPEAKER_04: Now I'm like, this is actually pretty cool.
- 2:52:47SPEAKER_04: I'm 37.
- 2:52:48SPEAKER_04: As a half elf.
- 2:52:51SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 2:52:52SPEAKER_01: Write that down.
- 2:52:53SPEAKER_02: Damn.
- 2:52:54SPEAKER_02: Oh, I want that water.
- 2:52:57SPEAKER_02: There's reasons.
- 2:53:01SPEAKER_08: My dad altered his head.
- 2:53:03SPEAKER_02: There's reasons.
- 2:53:04SPEAKER_08: Oh, I want that water.
- 2:53:07SPEAKER_08: Why?
- 2:53:08SPEAKER_08: I'm the only one with years to spare.
- 2:53:11SPEAKER_08: I'm not giving it to myself.
- 2:53:12SPEAKER_08: I just want it on hand.
- 2:53:14SPEAKER_08: It's just fine.
- 2:53:15SPEAKER_02: Could you imagine like dipping an arrow into that and like shooting it?
- 2:53:19SPEAKER_09: So this is the pool of accelerated years.
- 2:53:24SPEAKER_09: And the more you drink, the more you age.
- 2:53:28SPEAKER_09: Just a sip is up to 4D ten years.
- 2:53:34SPEAKER_09: A flask could be up to 10.
- 2:53:37SPEAKER_09: I die.
- 2:53:38SPEAKER_04: So let's see.
- 2:53:39SPEAKER_04: I already have one thing.
- 2:53:40SPEAKER_04: I'm gonna take my empty Alchemist fire flask and fill it with water too.
- 2:53:44SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 2:53:46SPEAKER_04: What kind of water spectrum?
- 2:53:48SPEAKER_04: Uh oh boy, I might have a prank to play on rolled.
- 2:53:55SPEAKER_07: By the way, you're slowly dying, Martin.
- 2:53:56SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 2:53:58SPEAKER_04: Um yeah, I guess do I have a water skin from my adventure stack?
- 2:54:02SPEAKER_09: I mean, did you have one?
- 2:54:04SPEAKER_09: Yeah, I have an adventure stack.
- 2:54:05SPEAKER_09: You're the one looking at your inventory.
- 2:54:07SPEAKER_04: I fill filled my water skin with it, too.
- 2:54:09SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 2:54:12SPEAKER_09: So you have a lot of it.
- 2:54:13SPEAKER_09: Enough to kill an elf.
- 2:54:15SPEAKER_04: Yep.
- 2:54:16SPEAKER_04: It's been a back pocket thing.
- 2:54:17SPEAKER_04: Maybe even a demon.
- 2:54:18SPEAKER_04: Who knows?
- 2:54:20SPEAKER_04: Um.
- 2:54:21SPEAKER_04: It does have to be ingested.
- 2:54:22SPEAKER_04: Well, get some distinguished silver marks into his hair as a half-elf who lives a long time becomes 37, but the stress of it I get, I like this.
- 2:54:31SPEAKER_09: Well, we'll stop, we'll stop Matt Aang and we'll say that it's the stress of the rapid aging that has made you wrinkle and have the the grace.
- 2:54:40SPEAKER_04: I like this, I like the stress uh the uh so um I come back to uh Echo.
- 2:54:50SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 2:54:51SPEAKER_04: And I look at him on my I give him a sign just for I'm okay.
- 2:54:54SPEAKER_04: You can see him and he has aged.
- 2:54:55SPEAKER_04: Oh yeah, yeah.
- 2:54:56SPEAKER_04: I'm like, I'm okay.
- 2:54:58SPEAKER_04: Need a minute.
- 2:55:00SPEAKER_04: Maybe an hour.
- 2:55:01SPEAKER_04: I'm gonna sit down.
- 2:55:03SPEAKER_04: And I gotta sit down.
- 2:55:04SPEAKER_04: I'm taking a short rest.
- 2:55:05SPEAKER_04: You're taking an hour rest?
- 2:55:06SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 2:55:07SPEAKER_08: Over there by yourself?
- 2:55:08SPEAKER_08: Alright.
- 2:55:08SPEAKER_04: Yeah, I'm on guard with the other.
- 2:55:09SPEAKER_04: Oh, I'm not even gonna go for an hour.
- 2:55:10SPEAKER_04: That's for the time.
- 2:55:11SPEAKER_04: They can see me.
- 2:55:11SPEAKER_04: I'm crouched at the I've crouched it by the lip of the tavern.
- 2:55:14SPEAKER_08: Yeah, even a magical we're not paying attention to ammo, you would be out of air.
- 2:55:20SPEAKER_02: Alright, my echo is gonna fly kind of back into sight of the group, and he's gonna try to like mimic aging like 15 years, like drinking water and then like aging.
- 2:55:32SPEAKER_12: I didn't say it was drinking water.
- 2:55:34SPEAKER_02: I didn't even say it was drinking water.
- 2:55:36SPEAKER_02: You can see.
- 2:55:37SPEAKER_02: Well, I watched you do it.
- 2:55:39SPEAKER_02: So I don't know, sipping water and then you know, I don't know, wait, he's echoing him, he's trying to do the.
- 2:55:46SPEAKER_02: You can just tell him because you saw yeah, I guess so.
- 2:55:55SPEAKER_13: I like that one.
- 2:55:56SPEAKER_09: I feel like we would actually do that, but yes, that is.
- 2:56:00SPEAKER_01: He starts using the like tracks.
- 2:56:03SPEAKER_08: What?
- 2:56:04SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 2:56:04SPEAKER_08: Because he's still he's he's thinking of himself as as his echo for a moment still.
- 2:56:09SPEAKER_08: So he's it takes him a little bit to get out of it.
- 2:56:13SPEAKER_02: I like that.
- 2:56:14SPEAKER_02: Yeah.
- 2:56:16SPEAKER_02: My brother drank some stuff.
- 2:56:18SPEAKER_02: He drank some of that funky water, and now he is older.
- 2:56:25SPEAKER_02: Older.
- 2:56:26SPEAKER_02: Like gray hair old.
- 2:56:29SPEAKER_02: You're not there.
- 2:56:31SPEAKER_11: You're in love with an old man.
- 2:56:35SPEAKER_01: I literally told him the song of my parents.
- 2:56:40SPEAKER_01: Don't you put it in your mouth?
- 2:56:43SPEAKER_14: I know it's gonna be.
- 2:56:45SPEAKER_14: I don't think any of you listening.
- 2:56:46SPEAKER_14: That was the other one.
- 2:56:48SPEAKER_14: You think I wanted the zombie?
- 2:56:51SPEAKER_00: You're not listening about some other things I've advised you to do.
- 2:56:57SPEAKER_09: Alright.
- 2:56:58SPEAKER_08: Delphine gives a knowing look and he looks chastened.
- 2:57:01SPEAKER_09: So you guys are resting, obviously, because Minor's taking an hour rest.
- 2:57:07SPEAKER_08: And we can see him.
- 2:57:08SPEAKER_09: No, you cannot see him.
- 2:57:09SPEAKER_08: Oh, we can't see him at the other lip.
- 2:57:12SPEAKER_09: Oh, you came back to the lip.
- 2:57:13SPEAKER_09: Sorry, I didn't hear that.
- 2:57:13SPEAKER_08: The other side, but we like, so he's in visual.
- 2:57:18SPEAKER_09: Pardon me?
- 2:57:18SPEAKER_08: Was he within 120?
- 2:57:19SPEAKER_09: Now he's within 120.
- 2:57:20SPEAKER_09: Sorry, I didn't hear him say that.
- 2:57:21SPEAKER_00: Did you try another message?
- 2:57:22SPEAKER_09: Yeah, absolutely.
- 2:57:22SPEAKER_09: You can try.
- 2:57:23SPEAKER_00: Because that doesn't really tell me what he's doing right now.
- 2:57:28SPEAKER_08: Uh 18.
- 2:57:29SPEAKER_10: You got it.
- 2:57:31SPEAKER_08: Okay, first of all, I did explicitly tell you to stop putting things in your mouth.
- 2:57:40SPEAKER_01: Second of all, what are you doing right now?
- 2:57:43SPEAKER_01: Are you staying there by yourself?
- 2:57:49SPEAKER_01: Thirdly, are there any dwarven runes runes in that room?
- 2:57:55SPEAKER_01: You can reply.
- 2:57:59SPEAKER_04: Rus uh Resting before making the track back in case there's more.
- 2:58:04SPEAKER_04: Haven't checked for runes or I didn't see any runes, but we'll do it once over again for that specifically.
- 2:58:12SPEAKER_04: No, and I don't and oh have water.
- 2:58:18SPEAKER_00: He has water.
- 2:58:20SPEAKER_00: Whatever that means.
- 2:58:22SPEAKER_00: And he's having a rest.
- 2:58:26SPEAKER_08: What are we doing?
- 2:58:28SPEAKER_08: How long would it take Rolled realistically with his ability to actually pick off?
- 2:58:35SPEAKER_10: He ran out of arrows.
- 2:58:36SPEAKER_07: Oh, you're totally.
- 2:58:38SPEAKER_09: Yeah, I'm gonna say that he killed like five.
- 2:58:40SPEAKER_07: Okay.
- 2:58:40SPEAKER_14: And okay, sure.
- 2:58:42SPEAKER_14: I'll just take off another chunk of arrows.
- 2:58:44SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
- 2:58:45SPEAKER_09: Because not getting any.
- 2:58:49SPEAKER_09: Oh, hell no.
- 2:58:50SPEAKER_09: Okay, so let's say you hold some in reserve and you're just like, this is pointless.
- 2:58:54SPEAKER_01: Yeah.
- 2:58:54SPEAKER_09: And you stop.
- 2:58:55SPEAKER_01: As soon as you know, or you can go back to the room.
- 2:58:56SPEAKER_09: Well, and if the things fall, do they always go through the floor?
- 2:58:59SPEAKER_14: They do.
- 2:58:59SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
- 2:58:59SPEAKER_14: Some of them fall through the same holes.
- 2:59:01SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 2:59:01SPEAKER_14: I was hoping that, you know, we could like test see if anything, any land actually stayed.
- 2:59:06SPEAKER_08: Are we waiting?
- 2:59:08SPEAKER_08: Are we gonna try and join him?
- 2:59:10SPEAKER_14: I'm not going to.
- 2:59:10SPEAKER_14: Well, there's not much point I can make.
- 2:59:12SPEAKER_08: If we know he's safe right now, how is he getting back?
- 2:59:15SPEAKER_11: Same way he got there.
- 2:59:16SPEAKER_08: Same way he got there.
- 2:59:17SPEAKER_11: Oh no, he could crawl along the bottom of the place.
- 2:59:20SPEAKER_11: I mean it he could go grounds to wall across the bottom.
- 2:59:23SPEAKER_11: Yeah, he could get to the back.
- 2:59:25SPEAKER_14: He can sprint, theoretically.
- 2:59:27SPEAKER_11: He can get across the bottom.
- 2:59:28SPEAKER_11: I don't think it'll be a great deal to him.
- 2:59:30SPEAKER_08: But if we know he's safe.
- 2:59:32SPEAKER_08: But if we know he's safe over there, he can hang along the wall and come across.
- 2:59:36SPEAKER_11: Exactly.
- 2:59:37SPEAKER_08: He we know he can get back.
- 2:59:39SPEAKER_08: We know he's safe right now.
- 2:59:41SPEAKER_08: We might as well just rest while he's resting.
- 2:59:43SPEAKER_02: Sure rest?
- 2:59:44SPEAKER_02: Sure rest.
- 2:59:46SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna try and do comprehend languages ritual again.
- 2:59:49SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 2:59:51SPEAKER_08: Do it.
- 2:59:52SPEAKER_08: I do it.
- 2:59:53SPEAKER_09: You do it.
- 2:59:54SPEAKER_08: Do it!
- 2:59:54SPEAKER_09: You get comprehend languages.
- 2:59:57SPEAKER_09: You are able to read the line that is there.
- 3:00:03SPEAKER_09: It says herein lies the shard of Umbricks.
- 3:00:07SPEAKER_09: Fuck.
- 3:00:08SPEAKER_09: Balance is the key to victory.
- 3:00:15SPEAKER_08: And that is in the water wheel room.
- 3:00:18SPEAKER_09: Yes, that is now completely submerged.
- 3:00:20SPEAKER_09: So we've broke.
- 3:00:21SPEAKER_08: Is it Umbrix?
- 3:00:23SPEAKER_09: Yes.
- 3:00:24SPEAKER_08: Not Professor Umbrix.
- 3:00:25SPEAKER_08: Balance is the key.
- 3:00:27SPEAKER_13: Oh, that's pretty clear.
- 3:00:30SPEAKER_08: To victory, you said?
- 3:00:31SPEAKER_13: Success.
- 3:00:32SPEAKER_13: To success.
- 3:00:35SPEAKER_14: But how have we not flooded that room?
- 3:00:38SPEAKER_09: It is flooded because they knocked down that hole.
- 3:00:41SPEAKER_09: So it is completely flooded.
- 3:00:43SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 3:00:46SPEAKER_07: We should have just thrown both chairs.
- 3:00:49SPEAKER_07: And then left it.
- 3:00:51SPEAKER_14: I guess we don't know.
- 3:00:54SPEAKER_08: I didn't say that I was right and you were wrong.
- 3:00:57SPEAKER_08: I just said we should have done this thing to try some things to get some information.
- 3:01:01SPEAKER_09: Right, we'll say an hour passes.
- 3:01:03SPEAKER_09: You do hear the roar and the rumble, and Einar, it is real close to you.
- 3:01:09SPEAKER_09: Real close to you.
- 3:01:11SPEAKER_09: Oh yeah.
- 3:01:12SPEAKER_09: And Noctus is saying, We must go.
- 3:01:17SPEAKER_09: We must go through the cavern.
- 3:01:21SPEAKER_09: Come.
- 3:01:22SPEAKER_09: We are almost there.
- 3:01:24SPEAKER_09: Do you wanna are you gonna listen to him or think?
- 3:01:30SPEAKER_09: Come all this way.
- 3:01:33SPEAKER_02: Was anyone else doing a short rest when he was?
- 3:01:36SPEAKER_02: I was doing a ritual.
- 3:01:37SPEAKER_02: Everybody might as well, right?
- 3:01:38SPEAKER_01: I was doing a ritual.
- 3:01:39SPEAKER_09: Yeah, and you got it.
- 3:01:42SPEAKER_01: Are we gonna?
- 3:01:43SPEAKER_09: How close did that feel?
- 3:01:44SPEAKER_09: Real close.
- 3:01:48SPEAKER_08: Should we test the screen?
- 3:01:51SPEAKER_08: I'm concerned for the ropes above.
- 3:01:53SPEAKER_11: Because they have a 50-foot range.
- 3:01:55SPEAKER_02: Oh yeah.
- 3:01:56SPEAKER_02: I can send my echo to distract the ropers while he darts through.
- 3:02:00SPEAKER_08: Well, I was just thinking.
- 3:02:02SPEAKER_11: Well, it's it's it's thinking us go to the other side.
- 3:02:05SPEAKER_08: Yeah, if we got to the other side, we'd have to find a way to get there.
- 3:02:09SPEAKER_08: I was wondering if we could suggest, but we're thinking anything we could find here to bring this barrier down.
- 3:02:16SPEAKER_08: This is the same barrier in Silvery Moon.
- 3:02:19SPEAKER_04: I'm investigating the room we were in for dwarven runes.
- 3:02:23SPEAKER_04: Okay.
- 3:02:25SPEAKER_04: Just looking along, specifically looking for dwarven runes.
- 3:02:28unknown: Okay.
- 3:02:32SPEAKER_09: Eight.
- 3:02:33SPEAKER_09: Eight.
- 3:02:33SPEAKER_09: How many do you currently have?
- 3:02:34SPEAKER_09: You have one, two, three, four.
- 3:02:37SPEAKER_09: Five.
- 3:02:38SPEAKER_09: Five.
- 3:02:39SPEAKER_09: No, we have six.
- 3:02:39SPEAKER_09: You should have six.
- 3:02:40SPEAKER_08: I thought we were missing three.
- 3:02:43SPEAKER_09: Yeah, I think we had six.
- 3:02:44SPEAKER_09: You should be missing three.
- 3:02:46SPEAKER_08: We are missing four.
- 3:02:49SPEAKER_08: Is that because he couldn't find one when he went to Hebrew?
- 3:02:52SPEAKER_08: No, because he looked them up and gave it to me anyway.
- 3:02:55SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 3:02:55SPEAKER_09: And I only gave you two.
- 3:02:58SPEAKER_09: Is that right?
- 3:03:00SPEAKER_12: Oh no!
- 3:03:02SPEAKER_09: Um, okay.
- 3:03:03SPEAKER_09: I have everything all over the place.
- 3:03:04SPEAKER_09: Well, uh, okay, that's fine.
- 3:03:06SPEAKER_09: So yeah, uh, you look, you don't find anything with that.
- 3:03:09SPEAKER_04: Has my brother's echo come back to me, or has he he stayed out in the uh I don't know.
- 3:03:14SPEAKER_04: Uh I can have the echo stay with you.
- 3:03:17SPEAKER_04: Well, I'm gonna signal to you investigate.
- 3:03:21SPEAKER_04: Investigate back.
- 3:03:24SPEAKER_04: You want me to investigate down the path?
- 3:03:26SPEAKER_04: I'm asking you.
- 3:03:27SPEAKER_04: I literally go, investigate, back, what do you think?
- 3:03:31SPEAKER_04: I'm consulting my brother.
- 3:03:32SPEAKER_04: I'm consulting my brother.
- 3:03:33SPEAKER_01: I'm watching him do hand sign like that.
- 3:03:36SPEAKER_02: I can send the echo down just as a kamoka if you'd like.
- 3:03:39SPEAKER_02: I don't get message off.
- 3:03:41SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 3:03:42SPEAKER_04: Okay, so I'm like ask ask.
- 3:03:44SPEAKER_04: I'm like ask.
- 3:03:45SPEAKER_04: Okay, so then are you talking?
- 3:03:48SPEAKER_04: Or are you just talking about?
- 3:03:49SPEAKER_04: They're just super special language, brother language.
- 3:03:53SPEAKER_04: Uh, we can fright.
- 3:03:54SPEAKER_04: These can't understand.
- 3:03:56SPEAKER_04: It's not these can't, it's a super special brother language.
- 3:03:58SPEAKER_04: Fragmented brother language.
- 3:03:59SPEAKER_04: It's others can't.
- 3:04:00SPEAKER_04: It's others can't.
- 3:04:02SPEAKER_02: It's it's like twin talk.
- 3:04:03SPEAKER_02: Yeah.
- 3:04:04SPEAKER_02: Uh so yeah, so then if you want me to go down that path, I'm happy to go down it.
- 3:04:09SPEAKER_02: Like, but I tell you to not go down it.
- 3:04:13SPEAKER_02: I'm like.
- 3:04:15SPEAKER_02: Okay, so you are going or we are going?
- 3:04:19SPEAKER_08: Describe the sim.
- 3:04:21SPEAKER_08: Nobody can your head gestures.
- 3:04:22SPEAKER_02: I point at you.
- 3:04:25SPEAKER_02: I'll hide.
- 3:04:26SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 3:04:27SPEAKER_02: I go down the path where there was a grumble.
- 3:04:30SPEAKER_09: Okay, so you go through the cavern, you come to the end, there is another magical barrier there.
- 3:04:36SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 3:04:37SPEAKER_09: And you walk as you walk through it, it's a small cavern that leads into a vast opening.
- 3:04:44SPEAKER_09: I'm talking massive.
- 3:04:46SPEAKER_09: Okay, this is a giant, giant open cavern.
- 3:04:49SPEAKER_09: And uh you can see on the ground, running in little veins, this black inky substance all kind of moving in one direction.
- 3:05:04SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 3:05:06SPEAKER_02: Uh well, I tell the people immediately near me, my body proper, there is what appears to be a ton of Noctus in rivers.
- 3:05:18SPEAKER_00: Noctus?
- 3:05:20SPEAKER_02: Noctus running that way.
- 3:05:27SPEAKER_08: Okay, so we know that we're we assume that the ink is on the dragon, and that's what affect it is affecting it and preventing it from uh helping the dwarfs with whatever.
- 3:05:43SPEAKER_08: That doesn't mean that was there more magic there?
- 3:05:46SPEAKER_08: Like could you was there still magic?
- 3:05:48SPEAKER_02: Uh the magic barrier started up again.
- 3:05:52SPEAKER_02: So only well, you'll only have kind of no magic we need to take the kind of by the water.
- 3:05:59SPEAKER_02: By the water.
- 3:06:00SPEAKER_09: As you see inside the cavern, yeah.
- 3:06:02SPEAKER_09: You can see it's a giant cavern.
- 3:06:03SPEAKER_09: I'm talking 300 feet across.
- 3:06:05SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 3:06:05SPEAKER_09: There the magic barrier goes halfway through the cavern.
- 3:06:09SPEAKER_09: On the other side of the cavern, sitting with his haunches down, staring directly at the echo, is an ancient white dragon.
- 3:06:26SPEAKER_11: That's where we need to go.
- 3:06:27SPEAKER_09: Covered in ink.
- 3:06:30SPEAKER_09: And it just is.
- 3:06:42SPEAKER_02: Uh I immediately leave with my echo where he came, and I tell the group, you see my you see my guy go white for a second and just kind of grip who's ever near me.
- 3:06:54SPEAKER_11: Me.
- 3:06:55SPEAKER_02: I I grip Delphine.
- 3:06:56SPEAKER_02: I'm like, uh, I found what we're looking for.
- 3:07:01SPEAKER_02: It's it it it's covered in ink.
- 3:07:03SPEAKER_01: The dragon?
- 3:07:05SPEAKER_02: Yep.
- 3:07:07SPEAKER_01: Did it see you?
- 3:07:08SPEAKER_02: It saw my echo, but I don't think it has followed it.
- 3:07:13SPEAKER_02: Doesn't appear to have followed it.
- 3:07:15SPEAKER_02: Is it gonna come where we are?
- 3:07:17SPEAKER_08: Was it old, big, young?
- 3:07:21SPEAKER_02: Very big.
- 3:07:26SPEAKER_10: Oh shh.
- 3:07:27SPEAKER_10: Not saying we can't take it, but it's pretty big.
- 3:07:31SPEAKER_10: Is it inside this bubble of uh anti-magic?
- 3:07:35SPEAKER_10: Uh it is No.
- 3:07:37SPEAKER_10: It is not the there's it's in the it's it's on the outside of it.
- 3:07:41SPEAKER_09: Yeah, like there only runs halfway through the cavern.
- 3:07:43SPEAKER_02: I say there's a giant cavern where half of the cavern you can use magic and half you cannot.
- 3:07:48SPEAKER_01: I cannot.
- 3:07:49SPEAKER_01: I I am very depleted.
- 3:07:52unknown: Okay.
- 3:07:54SPEAKER_02: Well, if we if we put the blades on again.
- 3:07:57SPEAKER_09: I know.
- 3:07:58SPEAKER_09: Are you are you telling them that?
- 3:08:00SPEAKER_02: Is your I am my body, like my proper self, is telling the people.
- 3:08:04SPEAKER_08: Einar doesn't know yet.
- 3:08:05SPEAKER_02: Einar doesn't know yet.
- 3:08:06SPEAKER_02: Einar doesn't know because he's literally in between my body and what is the echo doing?
- 3:08:12SPEAKER_02: The echo is eventually coming back from seeing the dragon.
- 3:08:15SPEAKER_02: Okay.
- 3:08:17SPEAKER_02: He saw it, and then like I know the viewers can't hear this, but he basically kind of did one of these where he's like, oh, and then kind of like started to back away.
- 3:08:24SPEAKER_02: Back away back to the disco laid.
- 3:08:27SPEAKER_10: Don't expand it.
- 3:08:29SPEAKER_10: Don't exhibition.
- 3:08:31SPEAKER_04: I'm heading to the side of the wall.
- 3:08:33SPEAKER_04: Where we have to get up it somewhat, and I'm hiding on to do this.
- 3:08:37SPEAKER_04: Why?
- 3:08:37SPEAKER_04: Why?
- 3:08:38SPEAKER_04: Because he looks scared coming out of the wall, backing out.
- 3:08:41SPEAKER_04: Oh no, the the echo doesn't have any emotion.
- 3:08:45SPEAKER_04: Oh, okay, good.
- 3:08:46SPEAKER_02: Oh yeah, and the echo, like, he did that at the dragon.
- 3:08:48SPEAKER_02: He's just coming back now.
- 3:08:50SPEAKER_09: He's just yeah, the echo has no it's emotionless, it's uh it doesn't have any, it can't talk, it's nothing.
- 3:08:57SPEAKER_02: So it just comes out and it's like, yeah, like when I get to you, I can wave to say come back to the groove.
- 3:09:02SPEAKER_09: Yeah, but that's about it across.
- 3:09:05SPEAKER_09: It could tell, it could like but he can't.
- 3:09:08SPEAKER_13: A bubble of F up on the other side where the pool is.
- 3:09:12SPEAKER_13: Yeah, like long rest there.
- 3:09:14SPEAKER_01: I'm not c I would not be comfortable.
- 3:09:15SPEAKER_13: It would be good as my mimicry.
- 3:09:17SPEAKER_01: I would not be comfortable trying to fully rest that near that much ink.
- 3:09:22SPEAKER_08: Oh, I think that large a creature.
- 3:09:23SPEAKER_09: I think it'd be fine.
- 3:09:26SPEAKER_09: I don't know.
- 3:09:28SPEAKER_09: Yeah, so he would definitely try to get you.
- 3:09:31SPEAKER_09: I am just always trying to input the the the the acting thoughts.
- 3:09:39SPEAKER_09: Iar is coming.
- 3:09:40SPEAKER_01: Do you see me like waving?
- 3:09:42SPEAKER_09: Yeah, are you gonna is your Egg on a gonna tell him?
- 3:09:44SPEAKER_02: Yeah, he's gonna be like to echo as I head back to the group.
- 3:09:51SPEAKER_04: Get around here.
- 3:09:53SPEAKER_04: So I can see clearly that everyone looks quite fraught and distraught.
- 3:09:57SPEAKER_04: And so I'm gonna come around and uh Delphine's not distraught, she's angry.
- 3:10:01SPEAKER_04: Look at the wall and size up uh the quickest path.
- 3:10:07SPEAKER_04: And I'm going to uh disengage as my first action.
- 3:10:16SPEAKER_04: I'm not trusting these things to be able to not have reached.
- 3:10:18SPEAKER_04: The last time we ran through, he tried to attack me with opportunity attacks, so I'm going to disengage so that I don't do it because I Nar learns.
- 3:10:25SPEAKER_14: Are you going along the roof?
- 3:10:26SPEAKER_04: No, I'm going along the bottom line there.
- 3:10:28SPEAKER_04: I still expect any any within range to try to attack me, so I'm doing the disengage action, and then I'm doing my move as I go through.
- 3:10:36SPEAKER_04: So that I would be disengaging from any opportunity attack.
- 3:10:38SPEAKER_09: Right?
- 3:10:39SPEAKER_09: Is this That's how it works.
- 3:10:40SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 3:10:41SPEAKER_09: So you dis so you're gonna use an action to disengage, so then you'll only be able to use your movement before you have to disengage again.
- 3:10:47SPEAKER_09: Can you double your movement?
- 3:10:48SPEAKER_09: Because you've used your action, right?
- 3:10:49SPEAKER_04: Yeah, action surge to do a second move.
- 3:10:52SPEAKER_09: You can definitely do that.
- 3:10:54SPEAKER_09: That's what I was trying to say.
- 3:10:55SPEAKER_09: Because you're still gonna be within there.
- 3:10:57SPEAKER_09: Exactly.
- 3:10:58SPEAKER_09: Sorry?
- 3:10:58SPEAKER_09: What do you want?
- 3:10:59SPEAKER_08: Um seeing him getting ready to pipe himself up to run across the ball.
- 3:11:05SPEAKER_08: I'm gonna ready an action of to cast a firebolt if I see the first one that tries to reach down.
- 3:11:10SPEAKER_09: Okay, do you want to pre-roll that and see if you can get up?
- 3:11:12SPEAKER_09: No, yeah.
- 3:11:14SPEAKER_09: Just like that.
- 3:11:14SPEAKER_09: Just like that.
- 3:11:15SPEAKER_09: Just like that.
- 3:11:18SPEAKER_14: You started this game.
- 3:11:19SPEAKER_14: Well, we can't reach the fireballs can, eh?
- 3:11:22SPEAKER_01: No.
- 3:11:23SPEAKER_14: Okay, there you go.
- 3:11:24SPEAKER_14: Positive.
- 3:11:26SPEAKER_14: I would.
- 3:11:27SPEAKER_08: I would do the same thing.
- 3:11:28SPEAKER_08: I'd try and see if I could.
- 3:11:29SPEAKER_08: You could try and ready it.
- 3:11:30SPEAKER_08: Yep, try and ready it.
- 3:11:31SPEAKER_08: Realistically, are we going to be able to actually see what we're shooting at?
- 3:11:35SPEAKER_08: Nope.
- 3:11:37SPEAKER_14: Stuke, can we actually see what we're doing?
- 3:11:38SPEAKER_14: They're talking about the ropers.
- 3:11:39SPEAKER_14: Yeah, I know.
- 3:11:40SPEAKER_14: Yeah, you can see it.
- 3:11:41SPEAKER_01: Doesn't matter, we didn't make it anyway.
- 3:11:42SPEAKER_14: They're they're not moving at the end.
- 3:11:43SPEAKER_14: I won't for giggles.
- 3:11:45SPEAKER_02: Sure.
- 3:11:45SPEAKER_02: Yeah, so you're gonna try to also distract.
- 3:11:48SPEAKER_02: Yeah, if we know he's trying to get back, we're trying to get back to the back.
- 3:11:50SPEAKER_02: Perfect.
- 3:11:50SPEAKER_09: So then Miner, you you're gonna do what you said you did and use your action surge?
- 3:11:56SPEAKER_09: I am a-okay with that.
- 3:11:58SPEAKER_09: You get across.
- 3:11:59SPEAKER_04: It's tearing along the wall on all fours, just dodging and weaving as he goes across.
- 3:12:04SPEAKER_08: Dip, dive, duck, dodge, and dodge.
- 3:12:06SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 3:12:06SPEAKER_09: And you make it you make it back.
- 3:12:09SPEAKER_09: You make it back.
- 3:12:10SPEAKER_09: So now you guys are all again on the same side.
- 3:12:12SPEAKER_09: What did you see, brother?
- 3:12:15SPEAKER_08: What did you see?
- 3:12:16SPEAKER_08: Oh my goodness.
- 3:12:17SPEAKER_08: Now that everyone's here.
- 3:12:18SPEAKER_08: What happens?
- 3:12:19SPEAKER_04: Um Did you see a ghost?
- 3:12:22SPEAKER_08: Like, no, the um Because they're not supposed to be that startling.
- 3:12:26SPEAKER_04: So I pull out the vial.
- 3:12:30SPEAKER_04: I'll pull out the one that's in the uh old Alchemist Fire vial.
- 3:12:33SPEAKER_04: And I'll show it to them, like so.
- 3:12:35SPEAKER_04: Yeah, a little of this bit of this water ages you rapidly.
- 3:12:39SPEAKER_04: I don't know what a lot of.
- 3:12:40SPEAKER_01: And you drank it.
- 3:12:41SPEAKER_04: I didn't know.
- 3:12:42SPEAKER_14: Yeah, keep that away from me.
- 3:12:44SPEAKER_01: If you don't know, quit.
- 3:12:46unknown: Hey.
- 3:12:47SPEAKER_01: You know what?
- 3:12:47SPEAKER_04: Hey, you know what?
- 3:12:48SPEAKER_04: You pulled the stuff and played around with the other room.
- 3:12:53SPEAKER_04: We came out to check what this was?
- 3:12:55SPEAKER_04: Who knows?
- 3:12:56SPEAKER_14: Just for some parody, didn't Holyander just drink a whole bunch of potions and.
- 3:13:01SPEAKER_08: To be fair, Delphine was in the cavern and not looking.
- 3:13:05SPEAKER_08: Well, I wasn't looking because I was shooting at that one.
- 3:13:07SPEAKER_08: You only drank one.
- 3:13:08SPEAKER_08: I only drank one and it said it wasn't poison.
- 3:13:13SPEAKER_08: I had to test.
- 3:13:14SPEAKER_04: At any rate, I don't feel any worse.
- 3:13:16SPEAKER_04: Dragon's there, by the way.
- 3:13:17SPEAKER_04: And and the dragon's there.
- 3:13:19SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 3:13:20SPEAKER_04: Well, see, we found him.
- 3:13:21SPEAKER_04: Noctus was right.
- 3:13:23SPEAKER_04: You don't tell he knew exactly where he was.
- 3:13:26SPEAKER_00: Don't go getting any ideas.
- 3:13:28SPEAKER_04: Well, this is what we're here for.
- 3:13:30SPEAKER_04: Not right now, but this is what we're here for.
- 3:13:32SPEAKER_04: Tell him.
- 3:13:32SPEAKER_04: To help the dragon.
- 3:13:34SPEAKER_08: It's good news that we found it.
- 3:13:35SPEAKER_08: However, now that makes it even more important for us to figure out a way to get rid of this anti-magic so that we can go back and deal with it.
- 3:13:45SPEAKER_02: Well, how far did the mountains deal with it?
- 3:13:48SPEAKER_02: Alright, now that everyone is here, I'll kinda reiterate what I saw.
- 3:13:54SPEAKER_02: There is a giant white dragon at the end of that hallway.
- 3:13:58SPEAKER_02: He is covered in Noctus.
- 3:14:02SPEAKER_02: Are you sure it's Noctus?
- 3:14:05SPEAKER_02: Black ink.
- 3:14:07SPEAKER_02: I assume it's Noctus.
- 3:14:09SPEAKER_02: There are lines, almost like small rivers, but there are lines of Noctis leading up to the dragon.
- 3:14:20SPEAKER_02: Yeah, and uh there is a magic barrier, but it only goes halfway into this giant cavern where this dragon is.
- 3:14:29SPEAKER_05: Is it on the magic side or the non-magic side?
- 3:14:32SPEAKER_02: The dragon was on the non-magic side.
- 3:14:35SPEAKER_09: It's on the non-magic side.
- 3:14:36SPEAKER_09: The side that the it barrier ends and then the dragon's on that side.
- 3:14:40SPEAKER_08: So it's on the side that it can you can cast.
- 3:14:42SPEAKER_09: There is, yeah, there's no magical feel where it's at.
- 3:14:45SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 3:14:45SPEAKER_08: So it's on so when I say the no magic, I mean the side that you can't cast versus.
- 3:14:49SPEAKER_01: Was there any other entrances into the cavern?
- 3:14:51SPEAKER_01: Very depleted.
- 3:14:52SPEAKER_02: I honestly saw the dragon and turned around.
- 3:14:57SPEAKER_02: I don't know.
- 3:14:59SPEAKER_09: Minor inside your head, Noctis goes, no!
- 3:15:02SPEAKER_04: We must go back.
- 3:15:04SPEAKER_04: Let's go back.
- 3:15:08SPEAKER_04: I'm gonna think to you.
- 3:15:10SPEAKER_04: Oh yeah.
- 3:15:13SPEAKER_04: Noctis is insistent about having to go in there.
- 3:15:17SPEAKER_04: And I think to Noctus, we will.
- 3:15:20SPEAKER_04: But we'll go in with strategy as we always have.
- 3:15:23SPEAKER_04: That way we will succeed.
- 3:15:27SPEAKER_09: He's unhappy with you.
- 3:15:31SPEAKER_08: I walk up to Einar and I just go to a part of him where they where Noctis is, and I just kinda reach out and caress Noctus and say, You will get there.
- 3:15:42SPEAKER_08: We just gotta be smart.
- 3:15:44SPEAKER_11: The question is, is how do we get across?
- 3:15:46SPEAKER_11: If we have that's I'm assuming that's wakes.
- 3:15:49SPEAKER_11: I don't want to deal with if those iron golems are there.
- 3:15:53SPEAKER_11: If this is the quickest way to get across, how do we do this?
- 3:16:00SPEAKER_04: Question.
- 3:16:00SPEAKER_04: What are we doing when we get there?
- 3:16:02SPEAKER_04: I mean, some of you seem to think that we have to fight this thing.
- 3:16:05SPEAKER_04: I thought we were here to free the.
- 3:16:08SPEAKER_00: None of us have ever said anything about fighting it.
- 3:16:10SPEAKER_11: I just that's where we I did say why I said we need to get over there.
- 3:16:14SPEAKER_11: Has none do you have fighting it?
- 3:16:16SPEAKER_01: I have to fight about 20 ropers on the way to get there.
- 3:16:19SPEAKER_14: That's what we're trying to figure out.
- 3:16:20SPEAKER_14: And we have no idea what to do if we could figure out a way to fight the ink.
- 3:16:24SPEAKER_14: That would probably be the most important thing.
- 3:16:26SPEAKER_11: Or in that or if you if Noctus takes the ink off of who knows what's gonna happen.
- 3:16:33SPEAKER_11: But how do you know Noctus wouldn't just join the rest of it?
- 3:16:39SPEAKER_11: But you know what?
- 3:16:39SPEAKER_08: First is first is we need to get over First, we need to take down the magical barrier.
- 3:16:47SPEAKER_11: But but like I but they said that we can go on the one side where it is and there's no magic.
- 3:16:52SPEAKER_11: So it's and there's no magic in the cavern where the water is.
- 3:16:56SPEAKER_01: I need to know how to take this barrier down.
- 3:16:57SPEAKER_04: Question is it one barrier or two, Delphine?
- 3:16:59SPEAKER_04: What do you think?
- 3:17:00SPEAKER_04: Is it two different this is gonna this has gotta be caused by an item of some kind, right?
- 3:17:04SPEAKER_04: Royal thoughts.
- 3:17:06SPEAKER_08: It can't be more than one thing, yes.
- 3:17:08SPEAKER_08: So all of us someone's place these things like We haven't even found the source.
- 3:17:13SPEAKER_08: Noctus isn't affected by the barrier, correct?
- 3:17:18SPEAKER_08: Noctus?
- 3:17:19SPEAKER_09: No.
- 3:17:19SPEAKER_11: Yeah, no, okay.
- 3:17:21SPEAKER_11: But if the dragon isn't inside the barrier, we can get on that side and do something.
- 3:17:26SPEAKER_11: I know it's hard, it's horrible to say I don't really know anything about dragons.
- 3:17:35SPEAKER_08: Does anybody know anything about dragons?
- 3:17:37SPEAKER_02: Uh they're big.
- 3:17:39SPEAKER_02: Yeah.
- 3:17:40SPEAKER_08: Um could I know a check to see if I remember anything from my studies when I roll?
- 3:17:46SPEAKER_09: And also that would probably be or or would that be history or can I know?
- 3:17:51SPEAKER_08: I don't think it'd be right.
- 3:17:52SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 3:17:52SPEAKER_09: No, it'd be it would be history, I believe.
- 3:17:54SPEAKER_09: Would I possibly know some since that's what's taking out my family?
- 3:17:57SPEAKER_09: Yep.
- 3:17:58SPEAKER_09: Potentially.
- 3:17:58SPEAKER_09: You could know a little bit.
- 3:18:00SPEAKER_09: Either you can do the role or you can assist Elphine.
- 3:18:03SPEAKER_11: I can all assist Elphine on it.
- 3:18:05SPEAKER_11: Give her a pod montage.
- 3:18:06SPEAKER_11: Yeah.
- 3:18:07SPEAKER_08: What I'm going to have a better plus.
- 3:18:09SPEAKER_11: Well, what's your it's what it would be history, right?
- 3:18:11SPEAKER_11: Yeah, history.
- 3:18:12SPEAKER_11: History.
- 3:18:13SPEAKER_11: Oh, yeah.
- 3:18:14SPEAKER_08: I want to know if dragons themselves are magical creatures.
- 3:18:17SPEAKER_08: If we figure out how to um what's doing this magical barrier, can we put a magical barrier on the dragon itself that would hinder it in any way?
- 3:18:26SPEAKER_08: I have no idea.
- 3:18:27SPEAKER_08: Are dragons magical?
- 3:18:29SPEAKER_08: 27.
- 3:18:30SPEAKER_09: Yeah, yeah.
- 3:18:30SPEAKER_09: Ooh.
- 3:18:32SPEAKER_09: That's really good.
- 3:18:34SPEAKER_08: We could limit the dragon, then maybe we could get rid of the um so with that role.
- 3:18:42SPEAKER_09: Great role, by the way.
- 3:18:43SPEAKER_09: You know that the older the dragon, the less susceptible they are to an anti-magic field.
- 3:18:50unknown: Oh boy.
- 3:18:51SPEAKER_09: White dragons, especially.
- 3:18:53SPEAKER_08: Dragons are inherently magical creatures.
- 3:18:55SPEAKER_08: The first language of magic is draconic.
- 3:18:58SPEAKER_08: And the this one, if it is as big and old large, as Drax says, is likely very, very old.
- 3:19:06SPEAKER_08: And the magical barriers probably not gonna mean a whole lot.
- 3:19:11SPEAKER_11: Oh, it means a lot to us to be outside of it.
- 3:19:14SPEAKER_08: I know.
- 3:19:15SPEAKER_08: That was really wishful thing.
- 3:19:17SPEAKER_08: But to get there to begin with, you're asking me to go in there with zero resources.
- 3:19:22SPEAKER_08: No, no.
- 3:19:23SPEAKER_11: I'm I'm no strong.
- 3:19:26SPEAKER_11: I'm not saying we're going in there right now.
- 3:19:27SPEAKER_11: I'm just saying if we get to the other side of this cavern, there's no magical barrier.
- 3:19:33SPEAKER_01: I don't want to rest that near ink.
- 3:19:35SPEAKER_01: I know you're all hungry to wear within a barrier.
- 3:19:38SPEAKER_11: No, I'm just Because we can't go to where the other magical barriers because it's got water.
- 3:19:43SPEAKER_11: And as you want to go sleep in water?
- 3:19:45SPEAKER_11: I don't.
- 3:19:48SPEAKER_11: Oh, forget it.
- 3:19:49SPEAKER_08: We yeah, we flooded out our other.
- 3:19:50SPEAKER_11: We flooded that other spot's flooded in.
- 3:19:53SPEAKER_11: Actually, it might not be because if we did stop the water, it would be all in those holes anyway.
- 3:19:58SPEAKER_11: So we might be able to go back there and rest there and in a little tipped bed.
- 3:20:02SPEAKER_11: How do we stop the water?
- 3:20:04SPEAKER_09: They knocked down the hole.
- 3:20:05SPEAKER_09: And then you can play the hole.
- 3:20:07SPEAKER_14: Oh right.
- 3:20:07SPEAKER_14: It is totally sealed.
- 3:20:08SPEAKER_09: Yeah, and it was sealed up because it the the root the ceiling collapsed and covered up the whole dry ish.
- 3:20:15SPEAKER_09: And then and then Einar and Drax busted down that hole and collapsed it.
- 3:20:19SPEAKER_09: Oh, they did rest.
- 3:20:19SPEAKER_09: Oh good, I didn't realize that.
- 3:20:21SPEAKER_09: Because there's only one entrance.
- 3:20:22SPEAKER_11: We bubble the fuck up there, do a rest there, and then come back here and figure out what we have to do.
- 3:20:29SPEAKER_00: I just really need to know how to deal with spare.
- 3:20:33SPEAKER_02: Well we can try to push forward on some of the areas we haven't been.
- 3:20:42SPEAKER_02: Uh try to figure out this puzzle, which we still have yet to solve.
- 3:20:47SPEAKER_02: Or we can try to do a long rest in the storage room.
- 3:20:52SPEAKER_02: Or we can do both.
- 3:20:56SPEAKER_08: I think the only way of solving the puzzle is to go into the areas that we haven't already.
- 3:21:03SPEAKER_08: And that's where the iron golems are gotten to.
- 3:21:06SPEAKER_08: One of the places is where the iron golems are, which probably means that's something we want to do.
- 3:21:10SPEAKER_08: And the other place beholders.
- 3:21:12SPEAKER_04: Iron golems.
- 3:21:14SPEAKER_04: We don't know in this area at all.
- 3:21:17SPEAKER_04: It does feel like these puzzles must mean we haven't got a good look inside that room, but I'm betting you there's dwarven rooms and puzzles or something connected to this there.
- 3:21:28SPEAKER_04: Or this is the key to taking down the magical barrier.
- 3:21:31SPEAKER_04: I don't know which.
- 3:21:33SPEAKER_14: The green stuff.
- 3:21:34SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
- 3:21:35SPEAKER_04: Do you have any idea?
- 3:21:36SPEAKER_04: Like this is definitely more your area, Delphine.
- 3:21:38SPEAKER_04: What's your biggest guess on what the puzzle is for?
- 3:21:41SPEAKER_00: I've already told you.
- 3:21:42SPEAKER_00: I think it has something to do with the magical barrier or the dragon.
- 3:21:47SPEAKER_00: It's here for a reason.
- 3:21:53SPEAKER_06: Well.
- 3:21:54SPEAKER_00: If we get out of here, I need to know how to deal with the barrier.
- 3:21:58SPEAKER_00: Not leaving Silvery Moon like that.
- 3:22:02SPEAKER_03: No.
- 3:22:03SPEAKER_04: No, we're not.
- 3:22:05SPEAKER_04: Promise.
- 3:22:07SPEAKER_02: Where are we resting?
- 3:22:08SPEAKER_02: So are you saying the puzzle we need to solve before seeing the dragon?
- 3:22:12SPEAKER_00: I don't know.
- 3:22:13SPEAKER_00: We don't we've got half the puzzle.
- 3:22:19SPEAKER_04: We could try talking to them.
- 3:22:23SPEAKER_14: I don't think the puzzle has anything to do with the dragon or that because it's dwarven ruins, but Or no, it wasn't, was it?
- 3:22:31SPEAKER_14: It was some ancient language.
- 3:22:33SPEAKER_00: It's an ancient ruin, yeah.
- 3:22:35SPEAKER_14: So I can't.
- 3:22:36SPEAKER_00: Comprehend languages did maybe give me a full understanding of the.
- 3:22:40SPEAKER_14: Yeah, we have no idea where it came from.
- 3:22:41SPEAKER_14: I don't know.
- 3:22:41SPEAKER_11: It sounds like we should go back and rest because we have a storage room and then then iron golems.
- 3:22:49SPEAKER_04: I guess the storage room is pretty darn close.
- 3:22:52SPEAKER_04: Has walls, one entrance.
- 3:22:54unknown: Yeah.
- 3:22:55SPEAKER_00: And you got the water?
- 3:22:57SPEAKER_04: I have the water.
- 3:22:58SPEAKER_04: If you'd like to inspect it.
- 3:23:00SPEAKER_00: I don't know if it's really gonna have anything to do with the water wheel room.
- 3:23:03SPEAKER_00: I think that's a good thing.
- 3:23:04SPEAKER_04: I show Delphine what I collected.
- 3:23:05SPEAKER_04: I'm like, well, I got this one, and it's the alchemist flask that had the um I mean it had the acid in it.
- 3:23:11SPEAKER_04: And then I show the superior healing potion, I'm like, I got this.
- 3:23:15SPEAKER_04: And then I'm like, do not drink the water flask.
- 3:23:18SPEAKER_04: Saying specifically to Drax.
- 3:23:19SPEAKER_04: And I put the floor.
- 3:23:21SPEAKER_04: I put the water flask, I was like, I took a small sip of the water to see what it looked like water.
- 3:23:25SPEAKER_04: It was water.
- 3:23:26SPEAKER_04: The fair touch was cool.
- 3:23:28SPEAKER_04: Couldn't figure this it drained when you put stuff in.
- 3:23:31SPEAKER_04: Sick like a spring.
- 3:23:33SPEAKER_04: We're in the area.
- 3:23:34SPEAKER_04: Okay, what are we doing?
- 3:23:35SPEAKER_04: I wondered.
- 3:23:36SPEAKER_04: I think we're just taking a long rest.
- 3:23:38SPEAKER_02: I got it, brother.
- 3:23:38SPEAKER_02: I'll put it in the bag of holding.
- 3:23:40SPEAKER_02: We'll label it not poison.
- 3:23:42SPEAKER_01: That's exactly what I was thinking.
- 3:23:44SPEAKER_01: It's a paintbrush cup.
- 3:23:46SPEAKER_08: Don't drink.
- 3:23:47SPEAKER_04: Exactly what I was thinking.
- 3:23:49SPEAKER_08: Can I put one in my bag?
- 3:23:51SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 3:23:51SPEAKER_04: I give one to her.
- 3:23:52SPEAKER_04: I give one to I I give the water flask.
- 3:23:56SPEAKER_09: As you take a flask of water and you're going to put it in your bag, you quickly glance at it and you see a reflection in the water.
- 3:24:03SPEAKER_09: And it's you, but it's an older version of you, but the this version of you is decaying.
- 3:24:13SPEAKER_09: And part of your face is melted away, and you can see the jaw and the parts of the mandible sticking out like that.
- 3:24:22SPEAKER_07: You I think I kinda did.
- 3:24:26SPEAKER_09: You think?
- 3:24:27SPEAKER_07: I hand one of the glasses to you.
- 3:24:29SPEAKER_08: I quickly shove it away so that I don't have to look at that.
- 3:24:33SPEAKER_08: Dude, you only get three?
- 3:24:35SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 3:24:36SPEAKER_04: I'm a grappling.
- 3:24:37SPEAKER_04: You got the flask?
- 3:24:37SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 3:24:38SPEAKER_09: As you take the flask and you go to put it away, you you also glance at it and you see your reflection in the water.
- 3:24:45SPEAKER_09: And you see yourself, but you are entirely blue.
- 3:24:51SPEAKER_00: Oh, I want all of us to look at it.
- 3:24:54SPEAKER_02: Yeah.
- 3:24:56SPEAKER_02: I do not tell anyone that.
- 3:24:58SPEAKER_04: Come on, pass it around.
- 3:25:01SPEAKER_08: It's up to you.
- 3:25:02SPEAKER_04: Well, I have a flash that you can't see reflection.
- 3:25:04SPEAKER_08: Well, he didn't see anything, and I assumed that I was just kind of like getting in my own head.
- 3:25:09SPEAKER_08: Alright, are we going somewhere or not?
- 3:25:10SPEAKER_11: Yeah, go back to the storage room, we'll do a little rest.
- 3:25:14SPEAKER_04: We are heading towards the storeroom?
- 3:25:16SPEAKER_04: It seems like a solid plan.
- 3:25:17SPEAKER_04: I think so.
- 3:25:18SPEAKER_04: Yeah.
- 3:25:19SPEAKER_04: Do you want to cast anything?
- 3:25:20SPEAKER_08: The best of terrible options.
- 3:25:22SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
- 3:25:22SPEAKER_14: Well, the Drake's around for four more hours, so he can at least guard the hall for four hours, and then you're it's the safest place in the bubble.
- 3:25:30SPEAKER_04: Or do you want to go back to the start where the cast magic and you can't where we're going to get back to the start, we have to cross that chasm again.
- 3:25:39SPEAKER_11: And that's not gonna happen.
- 3:25:40SPEAKER_08: Yeah.
- 3:25:40SPEAKER_08: Not the chasm again.
- 3:25:41SPEAKER_08: No, you're going back to start, you're going back to where this the storage room.
- 3:25:45SPEAKER_09: Yeah, yeah.
- 3:25:46SPEAKER_02: Okay, not we head there, though.
- 3:25:48SPEAKER_02: Try to rest.
- 3:25:51SPEAKER_09: Okay, you do hear again the tunneling sounds.
- 3:25:56SPEAKER_09: Oh, really?
- 3:25:57SPEAKER_09: Throughout.
- 3:25:58SPEAKER_09: It does seem like they are picking up on the vibrations of your footsteps as you travel.
- 3:26:03SPEAKER_09: Nothing is apparent yet.
- 3:26:05SPEAKER_00: I'm going to do some arm around the edges of the room for what good it's gonna do, and then I'm gonna say we all have to stay very silent and very still.
- 3:26:19SPEAKER_11: Can you do the bubble of fuck off?
- 3:26:20SPEAKER_08: I can do the bubble of fuck off, the tiny hut.
- 3:26:24SPEAKER_00: Because I've been asked by people what does the bubble of fuck-off means, Lehman's tiny hut.
- 3:26:29SPEAKER_04: Right.
- 3:26:30SPEAKER_04: Oh, they didn't know.
- 3:26:31SPEAKER_04: That's our slang, of course they did.
- 3:26:34SPEAKER_08: Um, we forget that these are our just our terms.
- 3:26:38SPEAKER_03: How did they not read our minds?
- 3:26:40SPEAKER_08: And I'm going, I'm going to attempt to rest first, and then I can be awake after four hours.
- 3:26:47SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 3:26:48SPEAKER_09: Oh, first watch.
- 3:26:50SPEAKER_09: I will get each and every one of you to roll a stealth roll, please.
- 3:26:54SPEAKER_09: To see if you are able to be quiet.
- 3:26:56SPEAKER_09: Alright, well, I will sleep stealth or you will sleep stealthily.
- 3:27:00SPEAKER_01: Because I warn them, can we have advantage?
- 3:27:02SPEAKER_01: To be very silent and very simple.
- 3:27:03SPEAKER_09: Because you warn them is the only reason they're getting the chance to roll.
- 3:27:11SPEAKER_08: 14.
- 3:27:12SPEAKER_04: You get taking your armor off to rest?
- 3:27:14SPEAKER_04: Because it wouldn't have disadvantage.
- 3:27:16SPEAKER_04: Well, then you would have to put it on.
- 3:27:18SPEAKER_11: I know, I just know.
- 3:27:19SPEAKER_09: That's a bad idea.
- 3:27:20SPEAKER_09: 16.
- 3:27:21SPEAKER_11: Yeah, hold on.
- 3:27:22SPEAKER_11: 16.
- 3:27:23SPEAKER_11: That's not bad.
- 3:27:24SPEAKER_11: I rolled two tens.
- 3:27:25SPEAKER_11: Two tens?
- 3:27:26SPEAKER_11: That's not the worst.
- 3:27:27SPEAKER_11: What's the whole at war with everybody?
- 3:27:31SPEAKER_11: It's disadvantage.
- 3:27:32SPEAKER_08: I was too busy reprimanding the rest of us.
- 3:27:35SPEAKER_11: Why can't I?
- 3:27:36SPEAKER_11: Oh yeah, I got a zero.
- 3:27:37SPEAKER_11: I have a plus zero, so I got ten.
- 3:27:39SPEAKER_11: Ten straight across.
- 3:27:40SPEAKER_11: Okay.
- 3:27:40SPEAKER_11: Ten straight across.
- 3:27:43SPEAKER_11: No.
- 3:27:43SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 3:27:43SPEAKER_11: So quiet.
- 3:27:47SPEAKER_14: Okay.
- 3:27:48SPEAKER_14: But like we're in the bubble, right?
- 3:27:50SPEAKER_14: The bubble does not have a base underneath.
- 3:27:53SPEAKER_14: I was curious if it had a base or not.
- 3:27:54SPEAKER_14: Yeah.
- 3:27:57SPEAKER_09: Alright, you do fall asleep.
- 3:28:00SPEAKER_09: You make it back.
- 3:28:01SPEAKER_09: Pablo Fuck off is there.
- 3:28:03SPEAKER_09: You fall asleep.
- 3:28:04SPEAKER_09: You have your first four-hour rest.
- 3:28:07SPEAKER_09: You do get your long rest.
- 3:28:09SPEAKER_09: However, you snored the whole time.
- 3:28:12SPEAKER_08: She's been really stressed.
- 3:28:14SPEAKER_08: Okay, guys, there's dust in here.
- 3:28:16SPEAKER_08: It's getting all up in her sides.
- 3:28:17SPEAKER_14: Are you doing a long rest in there?
- 3:28:20SPEAKER_14: Oh yeah.
- 3:28:21SPEAKER_14: Everyone's attempting to.
- 3:28:22SPEAKER_14: I'm assuming we're doing a long.
- 3:28:24SPEAKER_08: Um, if I'm doing a long rest, I need well, of course I would need to.
- 3:28:28SPEAKER_08: I would need to meditate um first for an hour.
- 3:28:33SPEAKER_08: Like for the first day after that, if you want to make her do anything.
- 3:28:36SPEAKER_08: Um schedule you for that.
- 3:28:38SPEAKER_08: Okay.
- 3:28:38SPEAKER_09: Okay.
- 3:28:39SPEAKER_09: Long rest?
- 3:28:41SPEAKER_09: I can.
- 3:28:41SPEAKER_09: If you want to.
- 3:28:43SPEAKER_09: Long rest?
- 3:28:43SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 3:28:44SPEAKER_09: Roll a D10, please.
- 3:28:46SPEAKER_09: Long rest, yes?
- 3:28:47SPEAKER_09: Yeah.
- 3:28:47SPEAKER_09: Long rest.
- 3:28:48SPEAKER_09: Long rest.
- 3:28:49SPEAKER_09: D10?
- 3:28:50SPEAKER_09: Nope.
- 3:28:51SPEAKER_09: I'm just asking.
- 3:28:53SPEAKER_09: Sorry.
- 3:29:00SPEAKER_09: Ten.
- 3:29:01SPEAKER_09: Ten?
- 3:29:03SPEAKER_09: As you sleep, you age another ten years.
- 3:29:06SPEAKER_09: Yikes! And everybody levels up.
- 3:29:10SPEAKER_09: Everybody levels up.
- 3:29:12SPEAKER_09: Everybody levels up.
- 3:29:14SPEAKER_11: Okay.
- 3:29:17SPEAKER_08: Do we have like a remove curse or something?
- 3:29:21SPEAKER_14: I do.
- 3:29:22SPEAKER_14: Well, hopefully it's gone through a system and he can pee it out now or something.
- 3:29:28SPEAKER_09: You peace it onto a slug and the slug just gets super old and died.
- 3:29:32SPEAKER_08: Yeah, he processes, right?
- 3:29:35SPEAKER_08: I'm glad you took half elf.
- 3:29:37SPEAKER_13: Yeah.
- 3:29:39SPEAKER_08: I can take a second.
- 3:29:40SPEAKER_08: I got your liver, and this liver looks regenerate better.
- 3:29:44SPEAKER_09: Definitely have killed.
- 3:29:44SPEAKER_09: However, after the first four hours, you do hear the rumbling sound of tunneling underneath and around.
- 3:29:54SPEAKER_11: God.
- 3:29:55SPEAKER_09: And that's where we're gonna end tonight's session.
- 3:29:57SPEAKER_09: We'll pick it up on the next one.